WO2023098874A1 - Random access method and related device - Google Patents

Random access method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023098874A1
WO2023098874A1 PCT/CN2022/136196 CN2022136196W WO2023098874A1 WO 2023098874 A1 WO2023098874 A1 WO 2023098874A1 CN 2022136196 W CN2022136196 W CN 2022136196W WO 2023098874 A1 WO2023098874 A1 WO 2023098874A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carrier
terminal device
random access
type
offset
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/136196
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
雷珍珠
Original Assignee
展讯半导体(南京)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 filed Critical 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司
Publication of WO2023098874A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023098874A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/02Access restriction performed under specific conditions
    • H04W48/04Access restriction performed under specific conditions based on user or terminal location or mobility data, e.g. moving direction, speed
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a random access method and related equipment.
  • Non-Terrestrial Networks for terminal devices with Global Navigation Satellite System (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS) capabilities, the distance between the terminal device and the satellite can be determined according to ephemeris information and GNSS capabilities.
  • the round-trip propagation delay and then determine the round-trip propagation time between the terminal device and the base station according to the public timing advance (Timing advance, TA) indicated by the network and the effective delay of the media access control layer control information element (MAC Control Element, MAC CE). delay.
  • TA the public timing advance
  • MAC Control Element media access control layer control information element
  • the terminal device determines the initial position of the random access response window (RAR window) according to the determined round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station, and then monitors the physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink) within the random access response window. Control Channel, PDCCH).
  • RAR window the initial position of the random access response window
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink control channel
  • the embodiment of this application provides a random access method and related equipment to provide a random access method that allows terminal devices without GNSS capabilities to determine the initial position of the random access response window, thereby avoiding The problem that terminal devices without GNSS capabilities cannot effectively perform random access.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a first-type terminal device or a second-type terminal device.
  • the first-type terminal device does not have GNSS capability.
  • Type 2 terminal equipment has GNSS capability, the method includes:
  • the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, receiving the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information;
  • the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, receiving Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the second carrier configuration information;
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
  • the terminal device without GNSS capability performs random access based on the carrier information configured by the network, so that the terminal device without GNSS capability can determine the initial position of the random access response window, thereby avoiding unnecessary The problem that terminal devices with GNSS capabilities cannot effectively perform random access.
  • the terminal device is a first type terminal device
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or the first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal device specifically includes:
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate first offset information and first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment
  • Receiving Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information includes:
  • the Msg2 sent by the network side device is received within the range; wherein, the first starting position is used to represent the starting position of the first response window.
  • one of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes;
  • the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  • the first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
  • the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; wherein, the unique first offset differential value is a unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members; or,
  • the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first carrier component The second offset difference value corresponding to one carrier member in the set is the difference between the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set and the unique first offset value.
  • sending Msg1 to the network side device includes:
  • the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, select the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device;
  • a second carrier is selected to send the Msg1 to the network side device.
  • All the carrier components in the first carrier component set form the first carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set
  • all the carrier components in the second carrier component set form the second carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected in the second carrier set Selected from the set; wherein, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
  • All carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set
  • all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set
  • the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
  • one of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight; or,
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device.
  • the fourth access weight is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device. The fourth access weight.
  • one of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the first type of terminal device, and The second random access preamble and/or the second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal device.
  • the random access preamble and/or the random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity; or,
  • the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity
  • the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device selects the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein, the first carrier has a duration value and a first offset value of the first response window corresponding to the first carrier, The first response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the first type of terminal device, and the first type of terminal device does not have GNSS capability;
  • the terminal device determines the first starting position based on the first offset value, and receives the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device within the duration range of the first response window starting from the first starting position; wherein, the first The initial position is used to characterize the initial position of the first response window.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device selects the second carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein, the second carrier has a duration value of the second response window corresponding to the second carrier, and the second response window is used to represent A random access response window for a second type of terminal device, where the second type of terminal device has GNSS capabilities;
  • the terminal device acquires the second starting position, and from the second starting position, receives the Msg2 sent by the network side device within the duration of the second response window; the second starting position is used to represent the start of the second response window start position.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a network side device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, the first type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second type terminal device has GNSS capability;
  • the duration value of the first response window based on the type of the terminal device; wherein, the first response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the first type of terminal device;
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes;
  • the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the first carrier;
  • receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • all carrier members in the first carrier member set form the first carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set
  • all carrier members in the second carrier member set form the second carrier Set
  • the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set
  • the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set
  • the first carrier is different from the second carrier
  • determining the type of the terminal device based on the Msg1 includes:
  • the type of the terminal device is determined based on the carrier set where the carrier member used by Msg1 is located.
  • all carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set
  • all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set
  • the first carrier is in the fourth carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set
  • the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the first type of terminal device, and the second The second random access preamble and/or the second random access opportunity of the type terminal device, the first random access preamble and the second random access preamble are different, the first random access opportunity and the second random access The timing is different.
  • determining the type of the terminal device based on Msg1 includes:
  • the type of the terminal device is determined based on the random access opportunity used by the terminal device to send Msg1 and/or the random access preamble included in Msg1.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier set to initiate random access
  • the carrier access weight configuration information uses It is used to indicate the probability that the terminal equipment uses the carrier to initiate random access.
  • the first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier component set; or,
  • the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the first offset information includes the unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; the unique first offset differential value is the unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
  • the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; the unique first offset value is based on the location closest to the satellite in the cell coverage area The round-trip propagation delay with the network side device is determined.
  • One of the possible implementations also includes:
  • the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set
  • the first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set is based on the distance between the position closest to the satellite and the network side device in the coverage area of the beam associated with the carrier member in the first carrier member set
  • the round-trip propagation delay is fixed.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set Difference value; wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set difference.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip configured to execute the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
  • Memory the memory is used to store computer program codes
  • the computer program codes include instructions, when the terminal device reads the instructions from the memory, the terminal device executes the methods described in the first aspect to the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a network side device, including:
  • a memory where the memory is used to store computer program codes
  • the computer program codes include instructions
  • the network side device reads the instructions from the memory, the network side device executes the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it is run on a computer, the computer executes the program as described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect. Methods.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, which is used to execute the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect when the above computer program is executed by a computer.
  • all or part of the program in the sixth aspect may be stored on a storage medium packaged with the processor, or part or all may be stored on a memory not packaged with the processor.
  • a terminal device in a tenth aspect, includes various functional units for performing the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect above, and the terminal device realizes the above first aspect to the second aspect through the various functional units Four methods are provided.
  • a network side device in the eleventh aspect, includes various functional units for performing the method described in the fourth aspect above, and the network side device implements the above-mentioned fourth aspect through the various functional units method.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a random access system, including: the foregoing terminal device and/or the foregoing network side device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a random access response window provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a random access device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a random access device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a random access apparatus provided in this application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality” means two or more.
  • NB-IOT narrowband Internet of Things
  • NPSS narrowband Primary Synchronization Signal
  • NSSS narrowband Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the remaining traffic channel capacity is very small.
  • anchor carrier including NPSS, NSSS and Narrowband Physical Broadcast Channel (NPBCH)
  • the cell can also contain several non-anchor carriers (non -anchor carrier).
  • a cell includes an anchor carrier and several non-anchor carriers, the spectrum bandwidth of each carrier is 180kHz, and the maximum spectrum span of all carriers in the cell does not exceed 20MHz.
  • the downlink carrier is called the anchor carrier.
  • Terminal equipment needs to monitor NPSS, NSSS, NPBCH, NPDCCH and NPDSCH information on the anchor carrier.
  • a multi-carrier cell there may be several downlink carriers that only carry NPDCCH and NPDSCH, but do not carry NPSS, NSSS and NPBCH channels, and the downlink carriers are called non-anchor carriers.
  • Terminal devices can perform data transmission on non-anchor carriers.
  • the network will designate a carrier for subsequent downlink data transmission through Msg4 in the random access process.
  • the terminal device can monitor the paging on the non-anchor carrier.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the non-terrestrial network scenario includes a satellite, a terminal device, and a gateway (gateway, which may also be called a ground station).
  • the wireless link between the satellite and the terminal equipment can be called the service link
  • the wireless link between the satellite and the gateway station can be called the feedback link
  • one or several gateway stations in the non-terrestrial network scenario need to be connected to a public data network (public data network, PDN), such as the network in FIG. 1 .
  • PDN public data network
  • a terminal device may also be called a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) or a terminal, and the terminal device may be, for example, a mobile phone or a notebook computer.
  • UE User Equipment
  • the base station in the non-terrestrial network scenario may be located on land, for example, the gateway station in FIG. 1 may have the function of a base station.
  • the satellite will act as a relay between the terminal equipment and the gateway station, receive the data sent by the terminal equipment through the service link, and then forward the data to the ground gateway station.
  • the base station in the non-terrestrial network scenario may also be set up on a satellite, for example, the satellite in FIG. 1 may have the function of a base station.
  • the satellite with base station function can be regarded as a kind of evolved base station (evolutional NodeB, eNB) or 5G base station (gNB).
  • the terminal device can communicate with the network device, and the network device can be understood as a device capable of data processing and network communication.
  • the network device may include a base station (for example, eNB, gNB, etc.) or a network access device, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • a base station for example, eNB, gNB, etc.
  • a network access device etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the method involved in the present application will be described exemplarily below by taking the network device as a satellite with a base station function as an example.
  • a cell may consist of one or more beams. As shown in Figure 1, a cell includes multiple beams. Due to the rapid movement of satellites, terminal equipment needs to frequently switch beams. In the future, IoT devices can be accessed through satellite networks. Therefore, a beam management mechanism is required (the current terrestrial Internet of Things protocol does not support the beam management mechanism).
  • a more possible beam management method is beam management through carrier switching, that is, a cell may include multiple beams, different beams correspond to different carriers, and beam switching is implemented through carrier switching.
  • non-terrestrial networks different locations within the coverage of a cell or beam have different propagation delays between network devices. Within the coverage of a certain cell or a certain beam, the difference between the propagation delay corresponding to a certain position and the propagation delay corresponding to the position closest to the network device may be called the differential delay corresponding to the position. It is understandable that in non-terrestrial networks, since satellites are relatively far from the ground and the coverage of beams/cells formed by satellites is relatively large, there is a large differential delay within the coverage of beams/cells.
  • the maximum differential delay of the cell For example, within the coverage of a certain cell or a certain beam, the difference between the air interface propagation delay between the position farthest from the network device and the network device and the air interface propagation delay between the position closest to the network device and the network device can be called is the maximum differential delay of the cell.
  • the maximum differential delay is the maximum differential delay at the cell level. It can be understood that the maximum differential delays corresponding to different cells may be the same or different. If the maximum differential delay is calculated for the coverage of a certain beam, the maximum differential delay is the maximum differential delay at the beam level. It can be understood that the maximum differential time delays corresponding to different beam coverages may be the same or different.
  • the random access process of Narrowband Internet of Things is composed of four message sending and receiving steps of Msg1, Msg2, Msg3 and Msg4.
  • Msg1 is a random access request message. This Msg1 contains the preamble of the terminal device. Currently, the maximum number of repetitions sent by Msg1 is 128. Before sending Msg1, the terminal device will obtain the current The signal quality of the cell (ie RSRP), and then compare the measured RSRP value with the relevant threshold value configured by the network to determine the current coverage level (ie CE Level).
  • Different CE Levels correspond to different Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) configurations (that is, the number of repetitions of Msg1), and the terminal device can determine the number of repetitions of sending Msg1 according to the CE Level determined by itself and randomly select one with the corresponding configuration.
  • the uplink carrier configured by PRACH sends Msg1. If sending Msg1 fails for the first time, the terminal device will upgrade CE Level (that is, increase the number of repetitions of Msg1) and try again until Msg2 is successfully received or all Msg1 repetitions corresponding to CE Level are tried. times (PRACH resources).
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the base station When the base station receives Msg1, it will instruct the terminal equipment to send Msg3 resources and related parameters through a random access response message (Msg2), for example, including subcarrier indication, Msg3 repetition times, modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding Scheme) , MCS) instructions, etc.
  • the random access response information (Msg2) is scheduled by the downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device When receiving Msg2, the terminal device first receives the downlink control information (that is, DCI scrambled by RA-RNTI, which will indicate the transmission of Msg2 parameters, including receiving resource location, subcarrier indication, Msg3 repetition times, MCS indication, etc.), and then receive Msg2 according to the downlink control information.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • FIG. 2 is a sequence diagram of a terminal device sending Msg1 and receiving Msg2.
  • the terminal device can determine the initial position of the random access response window according to the offset of the initial position, and the random access response window can be used to receive Msg2 sent by the network side device, It can be understood that the random access response window has a certain duration, therefore, the terminal device can start from the initial position of the random access response window and receive the information sent by the network side device within the duration of the random access response window.
  • the terminal device can send Msg3 according to the relevant scheduling information of Msg3 indicated by the random access response message. After sending Msg3, the terminal device will use the unique identifier carried in Msg3 to monitor the PDCCH. Receive the corresponding Msg4 content (Msg4 is scheduled by DCI).
  • the terminal device In non-terrestrial networks, there is a large air interface propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station (for example, eNB in 4G network or gNB in 5G network). After the terminal device sends Msg1, the terminal device needs to wait for a period of time before receiving the random access response sent by the base station. If the terminal device immediately starts the random access response window and monitors the PDCCH after sending the Msg1, the terminal device will perform invalid PDCCH monitoring, resulting in waste of power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the base station for example, eNB in 4G network or gNB in 5G network.
  • the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the satellite can be determined according to the ephemeris information and GNSS capabilities, and then the public TA and The MAC CE effective delay determines the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal equipment and the base station.
  • the terminal device determines the starting position of the random access response window according to the determined round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station.
  • the starting position may be the end time of Msg1 + the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station.
  • a method is urgently needed to determine the initial position of the random access response window and the size of the random access response window.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a random access method, which is applied to the terminal device 100 and the network side device.
  • the terminal device 100 may be a mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific form of the terminal device 100 implementing the technical solution.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of the terminal device 100 .
  • the terminal device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure shown in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 100 .
  • the terminal device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 communicates with the touch sensor 180K through an I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal device 100 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other terminal devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal device 100 .
  • the terminal device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal device through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the terminal device 100 can be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves and radiate them through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the terminal device 100 including wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bl terminal device tooth, BT), GNSS, frequency modulation (freq terminal equipment ncy modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a Beidou satellite navigation system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi-zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation System (satellite based augmentation systems, SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • BDS Beidou satellite navigation system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation System
  • the terminal device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the terminal device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the terminal device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the terminal device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the terminal device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself.
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the terminal device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the terminal device 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a phone call or sending a voice message, the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the terminal device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In some other embodiments, the terminal device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the terminal device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions, etc.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • pressure sensors 180A such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material.
  • the terminal device 100 determines the intensity of pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the terminal device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the terminal device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
  • the gyroscope sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of the terminal device 100 around three axes ie, x, y and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the terminal device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the terminal device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the terminal device 100 may detect opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize the posture of terminal equipment, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the terminal device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the terminal device 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode.
  • the terminal device 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the terminal device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal device 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal device 100 .
  • the terminal device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal device 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
  • the terminal device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the terminal device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the terminal device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal device 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the terminal device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the terminal device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • the touch sensor 180K is also called “touch device”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the terminal device 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the terminal device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support NanoSIM card, MicroSIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the terminal device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication.
  • the terminal device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal device 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal device 100 .
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application will now be described with reference to FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 4 it is a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application, including:
  • Step 401 the network sends carrier configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned network can be a network-side device
  • the above-mentioned network-side device can be a satellite, that is, in the above-mentioned scenario, the satellite can be regarded as a base station, and the terminal device directly communicates with the satellite (that is, the base station).
  • the aforementioned network side equipment may also include a satellite and a base station.
  • the satellite can act as a relay forwarding role, that is, the terminal equipment communicates with the base station on the ground through the relay of the satellite.
  • the network-side device is referred to as "network" for short below.
  • the aforementioned types of terminal devices may include two types, for example, GNSS type (also may be called the second type) and non-GNSS type (also may be called the first type).
  • GNSS type also may be called the second type
  • non-GNSS type also may be called the first type
  • the GNSS-type terminal device can be used to represent a terminal device with GNSS capability
  • the non-GNSS-type terminal device can be used to represent a terminal device without GNSS capability.
  • the terminal device in step 401 may be a GNSS type terminal device, or may be a non-GNSS type terminal device.
  • the terminal device may select a carrier in the cell to initiate random access, for example, may send Msg1 to the network, and the Msg1 may include a preamble.
  • Msg1 is carried by PRACH.
  • the network can group the carriers in the cell in advance, that is to say, the network can group the carriers in the cell based on GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices, so that a carrier set can be obtained.
  • GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be configured with different carrier groups, and the carriers in the carrier group can be used to initiate a random access procedure.
  • each carrier group may include one or more carriers.
  • the carrier group corresponding to non-GNSS type terminal equipment may be referred to as "the first carrier group” below, and the first carrier group may include one or more carriers; the carrier group corresponding to GNSS type terminal equipment shall be It may be called a "second carrier group", and the second carrier group may include one or more carriers.
  • the above carrier group may also be referred to as a carrier set, for example, the first carrier group may also be referred to as a first carrier set, and the second carrier group may also be referred to as a second carrier set.
  • the carrier The collection is called a carrier group.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier in the above-mentioned first carrier group to initiate random access.
  • the carrier used by the non-GNSS type terminal device for sending Msg1 is referred to below as is the "first carrier”; GNSS-type terminal devices can select a carrier from the above-mentioned second carrier group to initiate random access.
  • the GNSS-type terminal device is used to send the carrier used by Msg1 below Called "Second Carrier".
  • the foregoing information for configuring the carrier group may be sent by the network to the terminal device.
  • the network may send the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the first carrier configuration information may include first carrier member set information, and the first carrier member
  • the aggregation information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, the carrier member index in the first carrier group);
  • the above-mentioned second carrier configuration information may include second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information may be
  • the index of one or more carrier components eg, the index of the carrier component in the second carrier group
  • the index of the carrier component can be used to identify the identity of the carrier component (eg, used to distinguish the carrier component).
  • the above-mentioned first carrier may be selected from the first carrier group, and the above-mentioned second carrier may be selected from the second carrier group; the first carrier group may be one or more of the first carrier configuration information sent by the network.
  • the second carrier group may be composed of one or more carrier components in the second carrier configuration information sent by the network. If the first carrier group is composed of all carrier members configured by the first carrier configuration information sent by the network, the first carrier member set is also the first carrier group; if the second carrier group is configured by the second carrier configuration information sent by the network All carrier components are composed, and the second carrier component set is also the second carrier group. It should be noted that the foregoing first carrier group and the second carrier group are orthogonal, that is, there is no intersection between carrier components in the first carrier group and carrier components in the second carrier group.
  • the above carrier configuration information may also be used to configure the start position offset value and duration value of the random access response window of each carrier member in the carrier member set.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device can use an extended random access response window. It can be understood that the duration of the extended random access response window can be the same as or different from the duration of the random access response window specified in the existing protocol. .
  • GNSS-type terminal equipment can use the random access response window specified in the existing protocol.
  • the extended random access response window used by non-GNSS terminal devices is referred to as the "first response window”
  • the random access response window used by GNSS terminal devices is referred to as the "second response window” , where the duration of the first response window may be different from the duration of the second response window.
  • the first carrier configuration information may include first offset information and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set is used to determine the first offset value corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set
  • the first offset value is used to determine the first response window
  • the starting position that is, the first offset may be used to characterize the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource used for sending Msg1 and the starting position of the first response window. Therefore, the first offset value may also be referred to as a starting position offset value.
  • the first response window information is used to determine the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset value and the duration of the first response window corresponding to a carrier component may be used by a terminal device using the carrier to determine the position of the first response window.
  • the first offset value corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set may be configured in the following ways 1-5.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset value is at the carrier group level or at the cell level.
  • the start position of the first response window may be determined by the end position of the transmission resource used for sending Msg1 and the first offset value.
  • the network may configure a first offset value for all carrier members in the first carrier group, that is, the network may configure the terminal device with the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier group through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the above-mentioned first offset value may be determined by the network according to the round-trip propagation delay between the position closest to the satellite in the coverage area of the cell and the base station. For example, the network first calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite in the coverage area of the cell and the satellite based on the ephemeris information, and then determines the above-mentioned first offset by combining the public TA value T2 and the MAC CE effective delay value T3 value, that is, the above-mentioned first offset value is: T1+T2+T3; or, the network calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite and the satellite in the coverage area of the cell according to the ephemeris information and the base station to The round-trip propagation delay between satellites is T4, and the network determines the first offset value as: T1+T4.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first offset information includes the unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier member set; wherein, the unique The first offset difference value is a difference between the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the preset first reference value.
  • method 1 directly indicates the first offset value at the carrier group level or cell level
  • method 2 indirectly indicates the first offset value at the carrier group level or cell level .
  • the first offset value at the carrier group level or at the cell level the first reference value+the unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset information may include a scale factor (or a ratio) between the first reference value and the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
  • the method further includes: the network sends a preset first reference value to the terminal device.
  • the first reference value may also be pre-configured in the terminal device or stipulated by a protocol, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset value is at the carrier level, that is, the network can configure the terminal device with the first offset corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set through system information or RRC dedicated signaling
  • Each carrier member in the first carrier member set may correspond to a first offset value. Since the network configures a first offset value for each carrier member in the first carrier member set, the terminal device can determine the first offset value corresponding to the current carrier member according to the currently used carrier member.
  • the first offset value of each carrier component may be determined according to the round-trip propagation delay between the position closest to the satellite and the base station in the beam coverage area corresponding to the carrier component.
  • the network first calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite and the satellite in the beam coverage area corresponding to a certain carrier member based on the ephemeris information, and then combines the public TA value T2 and the MAC CE effective delay value T3 determines the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member, that is, the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member is: T1+T2+T3; or, the network calculates the corresponding offset value of a carrier member according to the ephemeris information
  • the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite in the beam coverage area and the satellite, and the round-trip propagation delay T4 between the base station and the satellite, the network determines the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member as: T1+ T4.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first offset information includes a first offset difference value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set; Wherein, the first offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the difference between the first offset value corresponding to the carrier component in the first carrier component set and the preset second reference value .
  • mode 4 directly indicates the first offset value of the carrier class, and mode 4 indirectly indicates the first offset value of the carrier class.
  • the first offset value corresponding to carrier A the second reference value+the first offset difference value corresponding to carrier A.
  • the first The offset information may include a scale factor (or a ratio) between the second reference value and the first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • the method further includes: the network sends a preset second reference value to the terminal device.
  • the second reference value may also be pre-configured in the terminal device or specified by a protocol, which is not limited in this application.
  • way 4 does not need too many bit indications for the first offset corresponding to each carrier component due to the existence of the second reference value, and therefore, signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes the first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
  • the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set is the first offset value at the carrier level or cell level.
  • the network can configure a starting position offset value of the first response window at the cell level or carrier group level for the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling, that is, the network can configure the terminal device through system information or The RRC dedicated signaling indicates the non-GNSS type terminal equipment a cell-level or carrier group-level first offset value.
  • the first offset value at the cell level or carrier group level may be used to determine the starting position of the first response window.
  • the above carrier-level first offset value can be configured in the following manner:
  • the network can indicate the relative value of the carrier-level first offset value based on the carrier group-level first offset value, that is, That is, the network can indicate the difference between the first offset value of a certain carrier member and the first offset value of the carrier group level, and the non-GNSS type terminal device can use the difference indicated by the network and the carrier group level
  • the first offset value of determines the first offset value of the carrier component.
  • Way 5 is similar to way 4, and is also a method of indirectly indicating the first offset value of the carrier level.
  • the first offset value corresponding to carrier A the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set+the second offset value corresponding to carrier A Shift differential value.
  • the first The offset information may include a scaling factor between the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set (or ratio).
  • mode 5 can also reduce signaling overhead.
  • the network can also indicate the first offset value of the carrier group level or carrier level of the non-GNSS type terminal equipment based on a reference value, that is, the network can configure the non-GNSS type terminal equipment
  • the difference between the first offset value of a certain carrier group or a certain carrier member of the device relative to the above-mentioned reference value, non-GNSS type terminal equipment can determine the above-mentioned carrier group or the above-mentioned carrier according to the difference and the reference value indicated by the network The first offset value of the member.
  • the above reference value may be pre-configured by the network according to the ephemeris information.
  • the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set may be configured through the following method (1) or method (2).
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first response window information, and the first response window information includes a unique duration value of the first response window.
  • the first carrier configuration information may include a duration value of the first response window
  • the network may send the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information through system information or RRC dedicated signaling to configure the duration value of the first response window corresponding to the first carrier group , that is, configure the duration value of the random access response window at the carrier group level for the terminal device of the non-GNSS type, that is, each carrier member in the first carrier group corresponds to the same duration value of the first response window. No matter which carrier member of the first carrier group is used by the non-GNSS terminal device to initiate random access, the same duration value of the first response window is used.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first response window information, and the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set.
  • the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information may also include the duration values of multiple first response windows, and the network may also send the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • Configure the duration value of the corresponding first response window for each carrier member in the configuration that is, configure the duration value of the carrier-level random access response window for non-GNSS type terminal equipment, that is, each carrier member in the first carrier group
  • the network will configure each carrier member in the first carrier group with the duration value of the first response window corresponding to the carrier member, so that the network can determine the time period corresponding to the above determined carrier according to the carrier currently selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device.
  • the duration value of the first response window corresponding to the carrier is
  • the foregoing second carrier configuration information may also include a duration value of the second response window.
  • the configuration method of the duration value of the second response window can refer to the method of the existing protocol, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first carrier configuration information may not include the first response window information, and at this time, the duration value of the first response window may be determined by the duration value of the second response window.
  • the above second carrier configuration information does not include the start position offset value of the second response window.
  • the starting position of the second response window may be determined according to the sending time of Msg1 and the starting position offset value of the second response window.
  • the starting position offset of the second response window is referred to as the "second offset" hereinafter.
  • the second offset may be used to characterize the time interval between the end position of Msg1 and the second response window, and the second offset value may be determined by the uplink TA and MAC CE effective delay value.
  • the first offset corresponds to the first carrier, and can be pre-configured by the network for non-GNSS type terminal equipment, and the second offset value is calculated by the GNSS type terminal equipment in real time, which is the same as the first
  • the two carriers are independent and are not configured by the network.
  • the information sent by the network in each of the above methods can be sent to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling, wherein different information can be sent in the same message or in different messages Send in, this application is not limited.
  • Step 402 the terminal device sends Msg1 (that is, a random access request message) to the network.
  • the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can obtain a carrier set from the above carrier configuration information, and can select a carrier from the carrier set to initiate random access, for example, it can use the selected carrier to send the network Send Msg1.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier (for example, the first carrier) in the above-mentioned first carrier group for initiating random access, and a GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier (for example, the first carrier) in the above-mentioned second carrier group A carrier (for example, the second carrier) is selected for initiating random access.
  • the network may receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device of the non-GNSS type on the first carrier, and may also receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device of the GNSS type on the second carrier.
  • Step 403 the network sends Msg2 (that is, a random access response message) to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives Msg2 sent by the network.
  • the network after the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device, it can determine the time window for sending the Msg2, and can send the Msg2 to the terminal device according to the time window.
  • the above time window for sending Msg2 may be a random access response window.
  • the network after the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device, it can determine the type of the terminal device based on Msg1.
  • the carrier used by the terminal device to send Msg1 can be determined, and the type of the terminal device can be determined according to the carrier group to which the carrier belongs, for example, it can be determined whether the terminal device is a non-GNSS type or a GNSS type.
  • the terminal device uses a carrier in the first carrier group to send Msg1, since the first carrier group is only allocated to non-GNSS type terminal devices, it can be determined that the terminal device is a non-GNSS type; if the terminal device uses a The carrier in the second carrier group sends Msg1, and since the second carrier group is only allocated to the terminal device of the GNSS type, it can be determined that the terminal device is of the GNSS type.
  • the random access response window may be determined according to the type of the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device is a non-GNSS type terminal device, the network may use the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier currently used by the non-GNSS type terminal device to send Msg2. If the terminal device is a GNSS type terminal device, Msg2 is sent using the duration of the second response window.
  • the terminal device may start to receive Msg2 according to the starting position of the random access response window, and the duration of receiving Msg2 may be determined by the duration of the random access response window.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device can receive Msg2 from the start position of the first response window within the duration of the first response window
  • a GNSS type terminal device can receive Msg2 from the second response window within the duration of the second response window. Receive Msg2 from the start position of the window.
  • the non-GNSS type terminal device may use the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device.
  • the offset value and the sending time of Msg1 determine the starting position of the first response window, that is, the starting position of receiving Msg2, and the receiving of Msg2 can be started at the starting position of receiving Msg2.
  • the above-mentioned first offset value corresponding to the first carrier selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device may be the first offset value at the carrier group level, or the first offset value at the carrier level . In this way, the non-GNSS type terminal device can accurately calculate the time to receive the Msg2, and then can effectively realize the reception of the Msg2, so that the random access of the non-GNSS type terminal device can be successfully completed.
  • the start position of the second time window may be determined according to the stipulations of the existing protocol, for example, according to the sending moment of Msg1 and the second offset. Then, the GNSS-type terminal device may start to receive Msg2 at the start position of the second time window.
  • Step 404 the terminal device sends Msg3 to the network.
  • the network receives Msg3 sent by the terminal device.
  • Step 405 the network sends Msg4 to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the Msg4 sent by the network.
  • step 405 may refer to existing protocols, and will not be repeated here.
  • the network may group some carriers into a "third carrier group", and group the remaining carriers into a "fourth carrier group".
  • the carriers of the third carrier group can be used for GNSS-type terminal devices to initiate random access
  • the carriers of the fourth carrier group can be used for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices to initiate random access.
  • the first carrier configuration information may carry carrier member information in the fourth carrier group
  • the second carrier configuration information may carry carrier member information in the third carrier group.
  • the first carrier configuration information may include first carrier member set information, and the first carrier member set information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, the carrier member index in the fourth carrier group)
  • the foregoing second carrier configuration information may include second carrier member set information
  • the second carrier member set information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, indexes of carrier members in the third carrier group).
  • the first carrier may be selected from the fourth carrier group, and the second carrier may be selected from the third carrier group and/or the fourth carrier group.
  • the fourth carrier group may consist of one or more carrier components in the first carrier configuration information sent by the network
  • the third carrier group may consist of one or more carrier components in the second carrier configuration information sent by the network.
  • the fourth carrier group is composed of all carrier members configured by the first carrier configuration information sent by the network
  • the first carrier member set is also the fourth carrier group
  • the third carrier group is configured by the second carrier configuration information sent by the network All carrier components are formed, and the second carrier component set is also the third carrier group.
  • the third carrier group and the fourth carrier group are orthogonal, that is, there is no intersection between carrier components in the third carrier group and carrier components in the fourth carrier group.
  • the network can configure different access points on the two carrier groups (for example, the third carrier group and the fourth carrier group). input weight to balance the load of the carrier group.
  • the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through the carrier group access weight configuration information.
  • the carrier group access weight configuration information may be sent by the network to the terminal device in advance, and the carrier group access weight configuration information may be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access.
  • the network may indicate the above carrier group access weight configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight.
  • the network may configure the access weight of the GNSS-type terminal device on the third carrier group to be 80%, and the access weight on the fourth carrier group to be 20%.
  • GNSS-type terminal equipment can first select a carrier group according to the access weights of the above two carrier groups. For example, it can select a carrier group with a high access weight (that is, the third carrier group). Select an appropriate carrier to initiate random access. It can be understood that the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access.
  • the network can configure two carrier members in the fourth carrier group
  • An access weight the access weight information can also be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access, so as to balance the carrier load.
  • the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through carrier access weight configuration information. Wherein, one access weight is used for GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access, and the other access weight is used for non-GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access. In this way, different types of terminal devices can perform carrier selection based on the above access weights when initiating random access.
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal
  • the fourth access weight corresponding to the device Exemplarily, one carrier member in the fourth carrier group has two weights, the access weight corresponding to the GNSS type terminal equipment of this carrier member is 20%, and the access weight corresponding to the non-GNSS type terminal equipment is 80% %, the carrier member can be preferentially used by non-GNSS type terminal equipment. In this way, the access ratios of GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be allocated reasonably, so as to realize load distribution. It can be understood that the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access
  • the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device can select the same carrier member (for example, the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device are both in the fourth carrier group Select the same carrier member) to initiate random access, and the network cannot distinguish the type of the terminal device through the carrier member where the terminal device sends Msg1, so the random access response window cannot be determined. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the type of the terminal device can also be determined based on Msg1. Specifically, the network may pre-configure different random access preambles and/or different random access channel timings for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the network may sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device in advance, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the non-GNSS type terminal device, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of a terminal device of the GNSS type, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity and The timing of the second random access is different.
  • GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can select their corresponding random access preambles and/or different random access channel opportunities to send Msg1, and the network sends Msg1 according to the random access preamble and selected by the terminal device.
  • The/or different random access channel opportunities determine the type of the terminal device, that is, whether the terminal device is a GNSS type terminal device or a non-GNSS type terminal device.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device may carry the first random access preamble in Msg1 and/or send the above Msg1 at the first random access channel opportunity
  • a GNSS type terminal device may carry the second random access preamble in Msg1 Accessing the preamble and/or sending the above Msg1 at a second random access channel opportunity, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access channel opportunity is different from the second random access channel
  • the timing of accessing the channel is different.
  • the network does not group the carriers in the cell, but configures the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value for some carriers in the cell, and configures the duration value of the second response window for the remaining carriers. It can be understood that the network can also configure the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value for some carriers in the cell through the first carrier configuration information, and configure the second response window for the remaining carriers through the second carrier configuration information. The duration value of the window.
  • the non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier to initiate random access among the above-mentioned carriers configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value.
  • a carrier may be selected from the carriers configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value to initiate random access, or A carrier is selected from all carriers in the cell to initiate random access. In another case (assumed to be case 2), a carrier may be selected from the remaining carriers to initiate random access.
  • the carrier configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value is referred to as a fully configured carrier, and the rest of the carriers are referred to as half configured carriers.
  • the network can configure different access weights for the two carriers to balance the loads of the two carriers.
  • the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through the carrier group access weight configuration information.
  • the carrier group access weight configuration information may be sent by the network to the terminal device in advance, and the carrier group access weight configuration information may be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses two carriers to initiate random access.
  • the network may indicate the above two types of carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weights of the two carriers; the fully configured carrier has the first access weight, and the semi-configured carrier has the second access weight.
  • the network may configure the access weight of GNSS-type terminal equipment on half-configured carriers to be 80%, and the access weight on fully-configured carriers to be 20%.
  • the GNSS-type terminal device can first determine which carrier to choose according to the access weights of the above two carriers. For example, it can select a semi-configured carrier, and then select a suitable carrier from all the semi-configured carriers to initiate random access. It can be understood that the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access.
  • the network can configure two access weights for each carrier member in the fully-configured carrier , the access weight information can also be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access, so as to balance the load of the carrier.
  • the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through carrier access weight configuration information. Wherein, one access weight is used for GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access, and the other access weight is used for non-GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access. In this way, different types of terminal devices can perform carrier selection based on the above access weights when initiating random access.
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fully configured carrier has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device The corresponding fourth access weight.
  • a carrier component in a fully configured carrier has two weights, the access weight corresponding to the GNSS type terminal equipment of the carrier component is 20%, and the access weight corresponding to the non-GNSS type terminal equipment is 80% , then the carrier member can be preferentially used by non-GNSS type terminal equipment. In this way, the access ratios of GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be allocated reasonably, so as to realize load distribution.
  • the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
  • step 403 since in the third embodiment, in case 1, the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device can select the same carrier component (for example, a fully configured carrier) to initiate random access, the network cannot pass the terminal
  • the carrier member where the device sends Msg1 distinguishes the type of the terminal device, so that the random access response window cannot be determined. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the type of the terminal device can also be determined based on Msg1.
  • the network may pre-configure different random access preambles and/or different random access channel timings for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices through system information or RRC dedicated signaling.
  • the network may sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device in advance, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the non-GNSS type terminal device, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of a terminal device of the GNSS type, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity and The timing of the second random access is different.
  • GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can select their corresponding random access preambles and/or different random access channel opportunities to send Msg1, and the network sends Msg1 according to the random access preamble and selected by the terminal device.
  • a non-GNSS type terminal device may carry the first random access preamble in Msg1 and/or send the above Msg1 at the first random access channel opportunity
  • a GNSS type terminal device may carry the second random access preamble in Msg1 Accessing the preamble and/or sending the above Msg1 at a second random access channel opportunity, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access channel opportunity is different from the second random access channel The timing of accessing the channel is different.
  • Embodiment 1 Except for the differences described in the above-mentioned Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3, for other descriptions in Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3, reference may be made to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned terminal devices and network-side devices include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the example units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the above-mentioned terminal equipment and network-side equipment according to the above-mentioned method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device 50 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a receiving module 51 and a sending module 52 .
  • the random access device 50 may be a first-type terminal device or a second-type terminal device, the first-type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second-type terminal device has GNSS capability;
  • the receiving module 51 is configured to receive the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information sent by the network side device;
  • a sending module 52 configured to send a random access request message Msg1 to the network side device
  • the terminal device is a first type of terminal device
  • the receiving module 51 is configured to receive the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information;
  • the terminal device is a second type of terminal device
  • a receiving module 51 configured to receive Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the second carrier configuration information
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and the first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment, then
  • the receiving module 51 is also configured to determine the first offset value and the duration value of the first response window based on the first carrier configuration information, determine the first starting position based on the first offset value, and start from the first starting position at The Msg2 sent by the network side device is received within the duration range of the first response window; wherein, the first starting position is used to represent the starting position of the first response window.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes;
  • the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  • the first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
  • the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; wherein, the unique first offset differential value is a unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members; or,
  • the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first carrier component The second offset difference value corresponding to one carrier member in the set is the difference between the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set and the unique first offset value.
  • the terminal device is a first type of terminal device
  • the sending module 52 is also used to select the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device;
  • the terminal device is a second type of terminal device
  • the sending module 52 is also configured to select a second carrier to send the Msg1 to the network side device.
  • All the carrier components in the first carrier component set form the first carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set
  • all the carrier components in the second carrier component set form the second carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected in the second carrier set Selected from the set; wherein, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
  • All carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set
  • all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
  • the receiving module 51 is also configured to receive carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information sent by the network side device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the carrier set to initiate random access Probability, the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight; or,
  • the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device.
  • the fourth access weight is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device. The fourth access weight.
  • the receiving module 51 is also configured to receive physical random access channel configuration information sent by the network side device, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access preamble of the first type of terminal device. A random access opportunity, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal equipment.
  • the random access preamble and/or the random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity; or,
  • the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity
  • the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a sending module 61 , a receiving module 62 , and a processing module 63 , and other modules may perform corresponding actions under the control of the processing module 62 .
  • the random access device 60 may be a network side device, then:
  • a sending module 61 configured to send the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device;
  • a receiving module 62 configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device
  • the processing module 63 is configured to determine the type of the terminal device based on Msg1, the terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, the first type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second type terminal device has GNSS capability;
  • the processing module 63 is further configured to determine the duration value of the first response window based on the type of the terminal device; wherein, the first response window is used to characterize the duration of the first type of terminal device Random access response window;
  • a sending module 61 configured to send Msg2 to the terminal device based on the duration value of the first response window
  • the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
  • the first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes;
  • the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  • the receiving module 62 is specifically configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the first carrier;
  • the receiving module 62 is specifically configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
  • all carrier members in the first carrier member set form the first carrier set
  • the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set
  • all carrier members in the second carrier member set form the second carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set
  • the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set
  • the first carrier is different from the second carrier
  • the processing module 63 is also used to locate the carrier member based on Msg1
  • the set of carriers determines the type of end device.
  • all carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set
  • all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set
  • the first carrier is in the fourth carrier set
  • the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set
  • the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
  • the sending module 61 is further configured to send physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device; wherein the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access preamble of the first type of terminal device Access opportunity, and second random access preamble and/or second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal equipment, the first random access preamble and the second random access preamble are different, the first random access The timing is different from the second random access timing.
  • the processing module 63 is further configured to determine the type of the terminal device based on the random access opportunity used by the terminal device to send Msg1 and/or the random access preamble included in Msg1.
  • the sending module 61 is further configured to send carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier set to initiate random access, The carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
  • the first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
  • the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  • the sending module 61 is also configured to send the preset first reference value to the terminal device;
  • the first offset information includes the unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; the unique first offset differential value is the unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
  • the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; the unique first offset value is based on the location closest to the satellite in the cell coverage area The round-trip propagation delay with the network side device is determined.
  • a sending module 61 configured to send a preset second reference value to the terminal device
  • the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
  • the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set
  • the first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set is based on the distance between the position closest to the satellite and the network side device in the coverage area of the beam associated with the carrier member in the first carrier member set The round-trip propagation delay is determined.
  • the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set Difference value; wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set difference.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus 700 may include: at least one processor; and at least one memory communicatively connected to the processor.
  • the foregoing random access apparatus 700 may be a network side device or a terminal device.
  • the memory stores program instructions that can be executed by the processor. If the random access device 700 is a network-side device, the processor calls the program instructions to execute the network-side device in the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the random access apparatus 700 is a terminal device, the processor can call the above program instructions to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access apparatus 700 is represented in the form of a general-purpose computing device.
  • the components of the random access device 700 may include, but are not limited to: one or more processors 710, a memory 720, a communication bus 740 and a communication interface 730 connecting different system components (including the memory 720 and the processor 710).
  • Communication bus 740 represents one or more of several types of bus structures, including a memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus, an accelerated graphics port, a processor, or a local bus using any of a variety of bus structures.
  • these architectures include but are not limited to Industry Standard Architecture (Industry Standard Architecture; hereinafter referred to as: ISA) bus, Micro Channel Architecture (Micro Channel Architecture; hereinafter referred to as: MAC) bus, enhanced ISA bus, video electronics Standards Association (Video Electronics Standards Association; hereinafter referred to as: VESA) local bus and Peripheral Component Interconnection (hereinafter referred to as: PCI) bus.
  • Random access device 700 typically includes various computer system readable media. These media can be any available media that can be accessed by the random access device 700, including volatile and non-volatile media, removable and non-removable media.
  • the memory 720 may include a computer system-readable medium in the form of a volatile memory, such as a random access memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter referred to as RAM) and/or a cache memory.
  • the random access device 700 may further include other removable/non-removable, volatile/nonvolatile computer system storage media.
  • a disk drive for reading and writing to a removable nonvolatile disk such as a "floppy disk”
  • a disk drive for removable nonvolatile disks such as a CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read Only Memory; hereinafter referred to as: CD-ROM), Digital Video Disc Read Only Memory (hereinafter referred to as: DVD-ROM) or other optical media).
  • CD-ROM Compact Disc Read Only Memory
  • DVD-ROM Digital Video Disc Read Only Memory
  • each drive may be connected to communication bus 740 through one or more data media interfaces.
  • the memory 720 may include at least one program product having a set (for example, at least one) of program modules configured to execute the functions of the various embodiments of the present application.
  • a program/utility having a set (at least one) of program modules may be stored in memory 720, such program modules including - but not limited to - an operating system, one or more application programs, other program modules, and program data , each or some combination of these examples may include implementations of network environments.
  • the program modules generally perform the functions and/or methods in the embodiments described herein.
  • the random access device 700 may also communicate with one or more external devices (such as keyboards, pointing devices, displays, etc.), and may also communicate with one or more devices that enable the user to interact with the random access device 700, and/or Or communicate with any device (such as network card, modem, etc.) that enables the random access device 700 to communicate with one or more other computing devices. Such communication may occur through communication interface 730 .
  • the random access device 700 can also communicate with one or more networks (such as a local area network (Local Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: LAN), a wide area network (Wide Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: WAN) through a network adapter (not shown in FIG.
  • networks such as a local area network (Local Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: LAN), a wide area network (Wide Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: WAN) through a network adapter (not shown in FIG.
  • the above-mentioned network adapter can communicate with other modules of the electronic device through the communication bus 740 .
  • the communication bus 740 can be appreciated that although not shown in FIG. 7 , other hardware and/or software modules may be used in conjunction with random access device 700, including but not limited to: microcode, device drivers, redundant processing units, external disk drive arrays, disk arrays (Redundant Arrays of Independent Drives; hereinafter referred to as: RAID) system, tape drive and data backup storage system, etc.
  • RAID Redundant Arrays of Independent Drives
  • Each functional unit in each embodiment of the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may physically exist separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage
  • the medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: flash memory, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk, and other various media capable of storing program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of communications, and provide a random access method and a related device. The method comprises: receiving first carrier configuration information and second carrier configuration information sent by a network side device; sending a random access request message Msg1 to the network side device; if the terminal device is a first-type terminal device, receiving, on the basis of the first carrier configuration information, a random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device; and if the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, receiving, on the basis of the second carrier configuration information, the Msg2 sent by the network side device. By means of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device can indicate the type of the terminal to a network, and a terminal device that does not have the GNSS capability can determine a starting position of a random access response window, thereby realizing effective random access.

Description

随机接入方法及相关设备Random access method and related equipment
本申请要求于2021年12月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111457155.4、申请名称为“随机接入方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111457155.4 and the application title "random access method and related equipment" filed with the China Patent Office on December 02, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application .
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种随机接入方法及相关设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a random access method and related equipment.
背景技术Background technique
在非陆地网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)中,对于具备全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS)能力的终端设备来说,可以根据星历信息以及GNSS能力确定终端设备到卫星之间的往返传播时延,进而根据网络指示的公共定时提前(Timing advance,TA)以及媒体访问控制层控制信息单元(MAC Control Element,MAC CE)生效时延确定终端设备到基站之间的往返传播时延。最后,终端设备根据所确定的终端设备到基站之间的往返传播时延确定随机接入响应窗(RAR窗)的起始位置,进而在随机接入响应窗内监听物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)。然而,对于不具备GNSS能力的终端设备,亟需一种方法确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置及随机接入响应窗的大小。In non-terrestrial networks (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN), for terminal devices with Global Navigation Satellite System (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS) capabilities, the distance between the terminal device and the satellite can be determined according to ephemeris information and GNSS capabilities. The round-trip propagation delay, and then determine the round-trip propagation time between the terminal device and the base station according to the public timing advance (Timing advance, TA) indicated by the network and the effective delay of the media access control layer control information element (MAC Control Element, MAC CE). delay. Finally, the terminal device determines the initial position of the random access response window (RAR window) according to the determined round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station, and then monitors the physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink) within the random access response window. Control Channel, PDCCH). However, for terminal devices without GNSS capabilities, a method is urgently needed to determine the initial position of the random access response window and the size of the random access response window.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入方法及相关设备,以提供一种随机接入的方式,可以让不具备GNSS能力的终端设备确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置,由此可以避免不具备GNSS能力的终端设备无法有效进行随机接入的问题。The embodiment of this application provides a random access method and related equipment to provide a random access method that allows terminal devices without GNSS capabilities to determine the initial position of the random access response window, thereby avoiding The problem that terminal devices without GNSS capabilities cannot effectively perform random access.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备之中,终端设备为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力,该方法包括:In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device. The terminal device is a first-type terminal device or a second-type terminal device. The first-type terminal device does not have GNSS capability. Type 2 terminal equipment has GNSS capability, the method includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;receiving the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information sent by the network side device;
向网络侧设备发送随机接入请求消息Msg1;Send a random access request message Msg1 to the network side device;
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,则基于第一载波配置信息接收网络侧设备发送的随机接入响应消息Msg2;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, receiving the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information;
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,则基于第二载波配置信息接收网络侧设备发送的Msg2;If the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, receiving Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the second carrier configuration information;
其中,第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;第二载波配置信息用于指示与第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应 窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
本申请实施例中,通过不具备GNSS能力的终端设备基于网络配置的载波信息进行随机接入,可以让不具备GNSS能力的终端设备确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置,由此可以避免不具备GNSS能力的终端设备无法有效进行随机接入的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device without GNSS capability performs random access based on the carrier information configured by the network, so that the terminal device without GNSS capability can determine the initial position of the random access response window, thereby avoiding unnecessary The problem that terminal devices with GNSS capabilities cannot effectively perform random access.
为了有效接收Msg2,其中一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备为第一类型终端设备,In order to effectively receive Msg2, in one possible implementation manner, the terminal device is a first type terminal device,
第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息具体包括:The first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or the first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal device specifically includes:
第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和第一响应窗信息;The first carrier configuration information is used to indicate first offset information and first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment;
基于第一载波配置信息接收网络侧设备发送的Msg2包括:Receiving Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information includes:
基于第一载波配置信息确定第一偏移量值及第一响应窗的时长值,基于第一偏移量值确定第一起始位置,并从第一起始位置起,在第一响应窗的时长范围内接收网路侧设备发送的Msg2;其中,第一起始位置用于表征第一响应窗的起始位置。Determine the first offset value and the duration value of the first response window based on the first carrier configuration information, determine the first starting position based on the first offset value, and start from the first starting position in the duration of the first response window The Msg2 sent by the network side device is received within the range; wherein, the first starting position is used to represent the starting position of the first response window.
为了提高配置的效率,其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:In order to improve configuration efficiency, one of the possible implementations also includes:
第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,第一载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引;第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
为了减少网络的信令开销,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to reduce the signaling overhead of the network, in one of the possible implementations,
第一响应窗信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,The first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
第一响应窗信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
为了减少网络的信令开销,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to reduce the signaling overhead of the network, in one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;其中,唯一的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; wherein, the unique first offset differential value is a unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
为了减少网络的信令开销,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to reduce the signaling overhead of the network, in one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members; or,
第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
为了减少网络的信令开销,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to reduce the signaling overhead of the network, in one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first carrier component The second offset difference value corresponding to one carrier member in the set is the difference between the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set and the unique first offset value.
为了向网络侧设备有效发送Msg1,其中一种可能的实现方式中,向网络侧设备发 送Msg1包括:In order to effectively send Msg1 to the network side device, in one possible implementation, sending Msg1 to the network side device includes:
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,则选取第一载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, select the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device;
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,则选取第二载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1。If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, a second carrier is selected to send the Msg1 to the network side device.
为了提高载波选取的灵活性,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to improve the flexibility of carrier selection, in one of the possible implementations,
第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,第一载波在第一载波集合中选取,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,第二载波在第二载波集合中选取;其中,第一载波集合与第二载波集合正交,第一载波与第二载波不相同。All the carrier components in the first carrier component set form the first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, all the carrier components in the second carrier component set form the second carrier set, and the second carrier is selected in the second carrier set Selected from the set; wherein, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
为了提高载波选取的灵活性,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to improve the flexibility of carrier selection, in one of the possible implementations,
第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,第二载波在第三载波集合和/或第四载波集合中选取;第一载波在第四载波集合中选取;All carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, and the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set; The first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set;
其中,第三载波集合与第四载波集合正交。Wherein, the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
为了提高配置的灵活性,其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:In order to improve configuration flexibility, one of the possible implementations also includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。Receive carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information sent by the network side device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier set to initiate random access, and the carrier access weight configuration The information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
为了合理分配第一类型终端设备以及第二类型终端设备的接入比例,实现负载分流,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to reasonably allocate the access ratio of the first type of terminal equipment and the second type of terminal equipment to realize load sharing, in one possible implementation manner,
第二载波由终端设备基于载波集合的接入权重进行选取;其中,第三载波集合具有第一接入权重,第四载波集合具有第二接入权重;或,The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight; or,
第二载波由终端设备基于载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,第四载波集合中的每个载波成员具有与第一类型终端设备对应的第三接入权重及与第二类型终端设备对应的第四接入权重。The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device. The fourth access weight.
为了提高配置的灵活性,其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:In order to improve configuration flexibility, one of the possible implementations also includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的物理随机接入信道配置信息,其中,物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机。receiving physical random access channel configuration information sent by the network side device, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the first type of terminal device, and The second random access preamble and/or the second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal device.
为了在网络侧有效识别终端设备的类型,其中一种可能的实现方式中,In order to effectively identify the type of terminal equipment on the network side, in one possible implementation manner,
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机;或,If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the random access preamble and/or the random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity; or,
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机;If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity;
其中,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机与第二随机接入时机不同。Wherein, the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
第二方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备,该方法包括:In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,终端设备选取第一载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;其中,第一载波具有与第一载波对应的第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值,第一响 应窗用于表征第一类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗,第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the terminal device selects the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein, the first carrier has a duration value and a first offset value of the first response window corresponding to the first carrier, The first response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the first type of terminal device, and the first type of terminal device does not have GNSS capability;
终端设备基于第一偏移量值确定第一起始位置,并从第一起始位置起,在第一响应窗的时长范围内接收网路侧设备发送的随机接入响应消息Msg2;其中,第一起始位置用于表征第一响应窗的起始位置。The terminal device determines the first starting position based on the first offset value, and receives the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device within the duration range of the first response window starting from the first starting position; wherein, the first The initial position is used to characterize the initial position of the first response window.
第三方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备,该方法包括:In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a terminal device, and the method includes:
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,终端设备选取第二载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;其中,第二载波具有与第二载波对应的第二响应窗的时长值,第二响应窗用于表征第二类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗,第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;If the terminal device is the second type of terminal device, the terminal device selects the second carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein, the second carrier has a duration value of the second response window corresponding to the second carrier, and the second response window is used to represent A random access response window for a second type of terminal device, where the second type of terminal device has GNSS capabilities;
终端设备获取第二起始位置,并从第二起始位置起,在第二响应窗的时长范围内接收网路侧设备发送的Msg2;第二起始位置用于表征第二响应窗的起始位置。The terminal device acquires the second starting position, and from the second starting position, receives the Msg2 sent by the network side device within the duration of the second response window; the second starting position is used to represent the start of the second response window start position.
第四方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种随机接入方法,应用于网络侧设备,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a random access method, which is applied to a network side device, and the method includes:
向终端设备发送第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;sending the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device;
接收终端设备发送的Msg1;Receive Msg1 sent by the terminal device;
基于Msg1确定终端设备的类型,终端设备为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;Determine the type of the terminal device based on Msg1, the terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, the first type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second type terminal device has GNSS capability;
若终端设备的类型为第一类型终端设备,基于终端设备的类型确定第一响应窗的时长值;其中,第一响应窗用于表征第一类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗;If the type of the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, determine the duration value of the first response window based on the type of the terminal device; wherein, the first response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the first type of terminal device;
基于第一响应窗的时长值向终端设备发送Msg2;Send Msg2 to the terminal device based on the duration value of the first response window;
其中,第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;第二载波配置信息用于指示与第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,第一载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引;第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,接收终端设备发送的Msg1,包括:在第一载波上接收终端设备发送的Msg1;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the first carrier;
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,接收终端设备发送的Msg1,包括:在第二载波上接收终端设备发送的Msg1。If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,第一载波在第一载波集合中选取,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,第二载波在第二载波集合中选取,第一载波集合与第二载波集合正交,第一载波与第二载波不相同,基于所述Msg1确定终端设备的类型包括:In one possible implementation manner, all carrier members in the first carrier member set form the first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, and all carrier members in the second carrier member set form the second carrier Set, the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, the first carrier is different from the second carrier, and determining the type of the terminal device based on the Msg1 includes:
基于Msg1所使用的载波成员所在的载波集合确定终端设备的类型。The type of the terminal device is determined based on the carrier set where the carrier member used by Msg1 is located.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,第一载波在第四载波集合中选取,第二载波在第三载波集合和/或第四载波集合中选取,第三载波集合与第四载波集合正交。In one possible implementation manner, all carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, and the first carrier is in the fourth carrier set Selecting, the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set, and the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
向终端设备发送物理随机接入信道配置信息;其中,物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机和第二随机接入时机不同。Sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device; wherein the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the first type of terminal device, and the second The second random access preamble and/or the second random access opportunity of the type terminal device, the first random access preamble and the second random access preamble are different, the first random access opportunity and the second random access The timing is different.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,基于Msg1确定终端设备的类型包括:In one possible implementation manner, determining the type of the terminal device based on Msg1 includes:
基于终端设备发送Msg1使用的随机接入时机和/或Msg1包括的随机接入前导码确定终端设备的类型。The type of the terminal device is determined based on the random access opportunity used by the terminal device to send Msg1 and/or the random access preamble included in Msg1.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
向终端设备发送载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。Send carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier set to initiate random access, and the carrier access weight configuration information uses It is used to indicate the probability that the terminal equipment uses the carrier to initiate random access.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一响应窗信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,In one possible implementation manner, the first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier component set; or,
第一响应窗信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
向终端设备发送预设的第一参考值;sending the preset first reference value to the terminal device;
其中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;唯一的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes the unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; the unique first offset differential value is the unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;唯一的第一偏移量值根据小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与网络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。In one of the possible implementation manners, the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; the unique first offset value is based on the location closest to the satellite in the cell coverage area The round-trip propagation delay with the network side device is determined.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:One of the possible implementations also includes:
向终端设备发送预设的第二参考值;sending the preset second reference value to the terminal device;
其中,第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;The first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set;
其中,与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值根据第一载波成员集合中的载波成员关联的波束的覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与网络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。Wherein, the first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set is based on the distance between the position closest to the satellite and the network side device in the coverage area of the beam associated with the carrier member in the first carrier member set The round-trip propagation delay is fixed.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一 的第一偏移量值及与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。In one possible implementation manner, the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set Difference value; wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set difference.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,用于执行第一方面至第四方面所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip configured to execute the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备,包括:In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
存储器,上述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,上述计算机程序代码包括指令,当上述终端设备从上述存储器中读取上述指令,以使得上述终端设备执行第一方面至第三方面所述的方法。Memory, the memory is used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include instructions, when the terminal device reads the instructions from the memory, the terminal device executes the methods described in the first aspect to the third aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括:In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a network side device, including:
存储器,上述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,上述计算机程序代码包括指令,当上述网络侧设备从上述存储器中读取上述指令,以使得上述网络侧设备执行第四方面所述的方法。A memory, where the memory is used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include instructions, and when the network side device reads the instructions from the memory, the network side device executes the method described in the fourth aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面至第四方面所述的方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it is run on a computer, the computer executes the program as described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect. Methods.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,当上述计算机程序被计算机执行时,用于执行第一方面至第四方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, which is used to execute the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect when the above computer program is executed by a computer.
在一种可能的设计中,第六方面中的程序可以全部或者部分存储在与处理器封装在一起的存储介质上,也可以部分或者全部存储在不与处理器封装在一起的存储器上。In a possible design, all or part of the program in the sixth aspect may be stored on a storage medium packaged with the processor, or part or all may be stored on a memory not packaged with the processor.
第十方面,提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备中包括用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面所述的方法的各个功能单元,终端设备通过该各个功能单元实现上述第一方面至第四方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, a terminal device is provided, the terminal device includes various functional units for performing the methods described in the first aspect to the fourth aspect above, and the terminal device realizes the above first aspect to the second aspect through the various functional units Four methods are provided.
第十一方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,该网络侧设备中包括用于执行上述第四方面所述的方法的各个功能单元,网络侧设备通过该各个功能单元实现上述第四方面提供的方法。In the eleventh aspect, a network side device is provided, the network side device includes various functional units for performing the method described in the fourth aspect above, and the network side device implements the above-mentioned fourth aspect through the various functional units method.
第十二方面,提供了一种随机接入系统,包括:上述终端设备和/或上述网络侧设备。A twelfth aspect provides a random access system, including: the foregoing terminal device and/or the foregoing network side device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的非陆地网络场景的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的随机接入响应窗示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a random access response window provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请提供的随机接入装置一个实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a random access device provided by the present application;
图6为本申请提供的随机接入装置另一个实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a random access device provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的随机接入装置再一个实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of a random access apparatus provided in this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Among them, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this article is only a description of associated objects The association relationship of indicates that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
在窄带物联网(NB-IOT)中,单频点小区只有180kHz的带宽,该带宽上除了窄带主同步信号(Narrowband Primary Synchronization Signal,NPSS),窄带辅同步信号(Narrowband Secondary Synchronization Signal,NSSS)和系统消息块(System Information Block,SIB)的开销外,剩余业务信道容量很小。为了支持海量终端,需要采用多个频点来提高网络容量。小区内除了包含NPSS,NSSS和窄带物理广播信道(Narrowband Physical Broadcast Channel,NPBCH)的锚点载波(anchor carrier)之外,还可以包含若干个不包含NPSS,NSSS和NPBCH的非锚点载波(non-anchor carrier)。In the narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IOT), a single-frequency cell has only a bandwidth of 180kHz. In addition to narrowband primary synchronization signal (Narrowband Primary Synchronization Signal, NPSS), narrowband secondary synchronization signal (Narrowband Secondary Synchronization Signal, NSSS) and Except for the overhead of the System Information Block (SIB), the remaining traffic channel capacity is very small. In order to support a large number of terminals, it is necessary to use multiple frequency points to increase network capacity. In addition to the anchor carrier (anchor carrier) including NPSS, NSSS and Narrowband Physical Broadcast Channel (NPBCH), the cell can also contain several non-anchor carriers (non -anchor carrier).
一个小区包括一个锚点载波和若干个非锚点载波,每个载波的频谱带宽为180kHz,小区内所有载波的最大频谱跨度不超过20MHz。其中,多载波小区中有且只有一个下行载波支持同时承载NPSS,NSSS,NPBCH,窄带物理下行链路控制信道(Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel,NPDCCH)和窄带物理下行链路共享信道(Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel,NPDSCH)信道,则该下行载波称为锚点载波。终端设备在锚点载波需要监控NPSS,NSSS,NPBCH,NPDCCH和NPDSCH信息。多载波小区中可以有若干个只承载NPDCCH,NPDSCH,但不承载NPSS,NSSS和NPBCH信道的下行载波,则该下行载波称为非锚点载波。终端设备可以在非锚点载波上进行数据传输。此外,在终端设备进入连接态前,网络会通过随机接入过程中的Msg4指定一个载波用于后续的下行数据传输。终端设备在空闲态,可以在非锚点载波上进行寻呼的监听。A cell includes an anchor carrier and several non-anchor carriers, the spectrum bandwidth of each carrier is 180kHz, and the maximum spectrum span of all carriers in the cell does not exceed 20MHz. Among them, there is one and only one downlink carrier in a multi-carrier cell that supports simultaneous carrying of NPSS, NSSS, NPBCH, narrowband physical downlink control channel (Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel, NPDCCH) and narrowband physical downlink shared channel (Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel, NPDSCH) channel, the downlink carrier is called the anchor carrier. Terminal equipment needs to monitor NPSS, NSSS, NPBCH, NPDCCH and NPDSCH information on the anchor carrier. In a multi-carrier cell, there may be several downlink carriers that only carry NPDCCH and NPDSCH, but do not carry NPSS, NSSS and NPBCH channels, and the downlink carriers are called non-anchor carriers. Terminal devices can perform data transmission on non-anchor carriers. In addition, before the terminal device enters the connected state, the network will designate a carrier for subsequent downlink data transmission through Msg4 in the random access process. In the idle state, the terminal device can monitor the paging on the non-anchor carrier.
本申请提供的方法可以应用于非陆地网络场景中,请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种非陆地网络场景的架构示意图。The method provided in this application can be applied to a non-terrestrial network scenario. Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
如图1所示,该非陆地网络场景中包括卫星、终端设备、信关站(gateway,也可以称为地面站)。卫星与终端设备之间的无线链路可以称为服务链路,卫星与信关站之间的无线链路可以称为反馈链路,卫星与卫星之间可以存在用于提供数据回程的星间链路。As shown in FIG. 1 , the non-terrestrial network scenario includes a satellite, a terminal device, and a gateway (gateway, which may also be called a ground station). The wireless link between the satellite and the terminal equipment can be called the service link, the wireless link between the satellite and the gateway station can be called the feedback link, and there can be an inter-satellite link between the satellite and the satellite to provide data backhaul road.
一般情况下,该非陆地网络场景的一个或几个信关站需要连接到公共数据网络(public data network,PDN),如图1中的网络。Generally, one or several gateway stations in the non-terrestrial network scenario need to be connected to a public data network (public data network, PDN), such as the network in FIG. 1 .
示例性地,终端设备还可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)或终端等,终端设备例如可以为手机或笔记本电脑等。Exemplarily, a terminal device may also be called a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) or a terminal, and the terminal device may be, for example, a mobile phone or a notebook computer.
在一些实施例中,非陆地网络场景中的基站可以设在陆地,例如图1中的信关站可以具备基站的功能。此时,卫星将作为终端设备与信关站之间的中继,通过服务链 路接收终端设备发送的数据,再将该数据转发给地面的信关站。In some embodiments, the base station in the non-terrestrial network scenario may be located on land, for example, the gateway station in FIG. 1 may have the function of a base station. At this time, the satellite will act as a relay between the terminal equipment and the gateway station, receive the data sent by the terminal equipment through the service link, and then forward the data to the ground gateway station.
在另一些实施例中,非陆地网络场景中的基站也可以设在卫星上,例如图1中的卫星可以具备基站的功能。此时,具备基站功能的卫星可以认为是演进型基站(evolutional NodeB,eNB)或5G基站(gNB)的一种。In some other embodiments, the base station in the non-terrestrial network scenario may also be set up on a satellite, for example, the satellite in FIG. 1 may have the function of a base station. At this time, the satellite with base station function can be regarded as a kind of evolved base station (evolutional NodeB, eNB) or 5G base station (gNB).
本申请实施例中,终端设备可以和网络设备进行通信,网络设备可以理解为能够进行数据处理和网络通信的设备。示例性地,网络设备可以包括基站(例如,eNB、gNB等)或网络的接入设备等,本申请对此不作限定。为便于描述,下文中以网络设备为具备基站功能的卫星为例对本申请所涉及的方法作示例性说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can communicate with the network device, and the network device can be understood as a device capable of data processing and network communication. Exemplarily, the network device may include a base station (for example, eNB, gNB, etc.) or a network access device, etc., which is not limited in this application. For ease of description, the method involved in the present application will be described exemplarily below by taking the network device as a satellite with a base station function as an example.
在非陆地网络中,一个小区可以包括一个或者多个波束。如图1所示,一个小区包括多个波束。由于卫星的快速移动,终端设备需要频繁的进行波束切换。未来物联网设备可以通过卫星网络接入,因此,需要有一套波束管理机制(当前陆地网物联网协议,不支持beam管理机制)。目前,比较可能的beam管理方式是通过载波切换的方式进行波束管理,也就是说,一个小区可以包括多个波束,不同的波束对应不同的载波,通过载波切换实现波束的切换。In non-terrestrial networks, a cell may consist of one or more beams. As shown in Figure 1, a cell includes multiple beams. Due to the rapid movement of satellites, terminal equipment needs to frequently switch beams. In the future, IoT devices can be accessed through satellite networks. Therefore, a beam management mechanism is required (the current terrestrial Internet of Things protocol does not support the beam management mechanism). Currently, a more possible beam management method is beam management through carrier switching, that is, a cell may include multiple beams, different beams correspond to different carriers, and beam switching is implemented through carrier switching.
在非陆地网络中,小区或波束覆盖范围内的不同位置与网络设备之间的传播时延不同。某小区或者某波束覆盖范围内,某个位置对应的传播时延与距网络设备最近的位置对应的传播时延之差可以称为该位置对应的差分时延。那么可以理解的是,在非陆地网络中,由于卫星距离地面比较远,且卫星形成的波束/小区覆盖范围比较大,导致在波束/小区的覆盖范围内存在较大的差分时延。例如,某小区或者某波束覆盖范围内,距网络设备最远的位置与网络设备之间的空口传播时延与距网络设备最近的位置与网络设备之间的空口传播时延之差,可以称为该小区的最大差分时延。其中,如果是针对某个小区的覆盖范围计算的最大差分时延,则该最大差分时延为小区级别的最大差分时延。可理解,不同的小区对应的最大差分时延可以相同,也可以不同。如果是针对某个波束的覆盖范围计算的最大差分时延,则该最大差分时延为波束级别的最大差分时延。可理解,不同的波束覆盖范围对应的最大差分时延可以相同,也可以不同。In non-terrestrial networks, different locations within the coverage of a cell or beam have different propagation delays between network devices. Within the coverage of a certain cell or a certain beam, the difference between the propagation delay corresponding to a certain position and the propagation delay corresponding to the position closest to the network device may be called the differential delay corresponding to the position. It is understandable that in non-terrestrial networks, since satellites are relatively far from the ground and the coverage of beams/cells formed by satellites is relatively large, there is a large differential delay within the coverage of beams/cells. For example, within the coverage of a certain cell or a certain beam, the difference between the air interface propagation delay between the position farthest from the network device and the network device and the air interface propagation delay between the position closest to the network device and the network device can be called is the maximum differential delay of the cell. Wherein, if the maximum differential delay is calculated for the coverage of a certain cell, the maximum differential delay is the maximum differential delay at the cell level. It can be understood that the maximum differential delays corresponding to different cells may be the same or different. If the maximum differential delay is calculated for the coverage of a certain beam, the maximum differential delay is the maximum differential delay at the beam level. It can be understood that the maximum differential time delays corresponding to different beam coverages may be the same or different.
窄带物联网(NB-IOT)的随机接入过程是由Msg1,Msg2,Msg3以及Msg4四个消息的发送和接收步骤组成。Msg1为随机接入请求消息,该Msg1包含终端设备的前导码,目前Msg1发送的重复次数最大为128次,终端设备在发送Msg1之前会通过窄带参考信号(Narrow-band Reference Signal,NRS)获取当前的小区信号质量(即RSRP),然后根据测量得到的RSRP值与网络配置的相关门限值进行比较,进而确定当前的覆盖等级(即CE Level)。不同的CE Level对应不同的物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)配置(即Msg1重复次数),终端设备可以根据自己确定的CE Level确定发送Msg1的重复次数并随机选择一个配置了相应PRACH配置的上行载波发送Msg1,若第一次发送Msg1失败,则终端设备会再升级CE Level(即增大Msg1的重复次数)重新尝试,直到成功接收Msg2或者尝试完所有CE Level对应的Msg1重复次数(PRACH资源)为止。The random access process of Narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IOT) is composed of four message sending and receiving steps of Msg1, Msg2, Msg3 and Msg4. Msg1 is a random access request message. This Msg1 contains the preamble of the terminal device. Currently, the maximum number of repetitions sent by Msg1 is 128. Before sending Msg1, the terminal device will obtain the current The signal quality of the cell (ie RSRP), and then compare the measured RSRP value with the relevant threshold value configured by the network to determine the current coverage level (ie CE Level). Different CE Levels correspond to different Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) configurations (that is, the number of repetitions of Msg1), and the terminal device can determine the number of repetitions of sending Msg1 according to the CE Level determined by itself and randomly select one with the corresponding configuration. The uplink carrier configured by PRACH sends Msg1. If sending Msg1 fails for the first time, the terminal device will upgrade CE Level (that is, increase the number of repetitions of Msg1) and try again until Msg2 is successfully received or all Msg1 repetitions corresponding to CE Level are tried. times (PRACH resources).
当基站收到Msg1后,则会通过随机接入响应消息(Msg2)指示终端设备发送 Msg3的资源以及相关的参数,例如,包括子载波指示,Msg3重复次数,调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)指示等。随机接入响应信息(Msg2)是由下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)调度的,终端设备接收Msg2时首先是接收下行控制信息(即RA-RNTI加扰的DCI,它会指示Msg2的传输参数,包括接收资源位置,子载波指示,Msg3重复次数,MCS指示等),然后根据下行控制信息接收Msg2。图2为终端设备发送Msg1与接收Msg2的时序图。如图2所示,终端设备在发送完Msg1后,可以根据起始位置偏移量确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置,该随机接入响应窗可以用于接收网络侧设备发送的Msg2,可以理解的是,该随机接入响应窗具有一定的时长,因此,终端设备可以从该随机接入响应窗的起始位置起,在该随机接入响应窗的时长范围内接收网络侧设备发送的Msg2。When the base station receives Msg1, it will instruct the terminal equipment to send Msg3 resources and related parameters through a random access response message (Msg2), for example, including subcarrier indication, Msg3 repetition times, modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding Scheme) , MCS) instructions, etc. The random access response information (Msg2) is scheduled by the downlink control information (DCI). When receiving Msg2, the terminal device first receives the downlink control information (that is, DCI scrambled by RA-RNTI, which will indicate the transmission of Msg2 parameters, including receiving resource location, subcarrier indication, Msg3 repetition times, MCS indication, etc.), and then receive Msg2 according to the downlink control information. FIG. 2 is a sequence diagram of a terminal device sending Msg1 and receiving Msg2. As shown in Figure 2, after the terminal device sends Msg1, it can determine the initial position of the random access response window according to the offset of the initial position, and the random access response window can be used to receive Msg2 sent by the network side device, It can be understood that the random access response window has a certain duration, therefore, the terminal device can start from the initial position of the random access response window and receive the information sent by the network side device within the duration of the random access response window. Msg2.
终端设备可以根据随机接入响应消息指示的Msg3的相关调度信息发送Msg3,在终端设备发送完Msg3后,会使用Msg3中携带的唯一标识来监听PDCCH,成功解码PDCCH后,根据PDCCH承载的DCI信息接收相应的Msg4内容(Msg4是由DCI调度的)。The terminal device can send Msg3 according to the relevant scheduling information of Msg3 indicated by the random access response message. After sending Msg3, the terminal device will use the unique identifier carried in Msg3 to monitor the PDCCH. Receive the corresponding Msg4 content (Msg4 is scheduled by DCI).
在非陆地网络中,由于终端设备与基站(例如,4G网络中的eNB或5G网络中的gNB)之间存在很大的空口传播时延。终端设备在发送Msg1后,终端设备需要等候一段时间才能收到基站下发的随机接入响应。如果终端设备发送完Msg1后,立即启动随机接入响应窗,并监听PDCCH,终端设备会执行无效的PDCCH监听,造成终端设备的功耗浪费。为了降低终端设备的功耗,目前的协议中,对于具备GNSS的终端设备来说,可以根据星历信息以及GNSS能力确定终端设备到卫星之间的往返传播时延,进而根据网络指示公共TA以及MAC CE生效时延确定终端设备到基站之间的往返传播时延。最后,终端设备根据所确定的终端设备到基站之间的往返传播时延确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置。例如,该起始位置可以是Msg1的结束时刻+终端设备到基站之间的往返传播时延。然而,对于不具备GNSS能力的终端设备,亟需一种方法确定随机接入响应窗的起始位置及随机接入响应窗的大小。In non-terrestrial networks, there is a large air interface propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station (for example, eNB in 4G network or gNB in 5G network). After the terminal device sends Msg1, the terminal device needs to wait for a period of time before receiving the random access response sent by the base station. If the terminal device immediately starts the random access response window and monitors the PDCCH after sending the Msg1, the terminal device will perform invalid PDCCH monitoring, resulting in waste of power consumption of the terminal device. In order to reduce the power consumption of terminal devices, in the current protocol, for terminal devices with GNSS, the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the satellite can be determined according to the ephemeris information and GNSS capabilities, and then the public TA and The MAC CE effective delay determines the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal equipment and the base station. Finally, the terminal device determines the starting position of the random access response window according to the determined round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station. For example, the starting position may be the end time of Msg1 + the round-trip propagation delay between the terminal device and the base station. However, for terminal devices without GNSS capabilities, a method is urgently needed to determine the initial position of the random access response window and the size of the random access response window.
基于上述问题,本申请实施例提出了一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备100和网络侧设备。该终端设备100可以是移动终端。移动终端也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请实施例对执行该技术方案的终端设备100的具体形式不做特殊限制。Based on the above problems, the embodiment of the present application proposes a random access method, which is applied to the terminal device 100 and the network side device. The terminal device 100 may be a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may also be called terminal equipment, user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific form of the terminal device 100 implementing the technical solution.
下面结合图3首先介绍本申请以下实施例中提供的示例性终端设备。图3示出了终端设备100的结构示意图。The exemplary terminal device provided in the following embodiments of the present application is first introduced below with reference to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of the terminal device 100 .
终端设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E, 距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The terminal device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure shown in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 communicates with the touch sensor 180K through an I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 . For example: the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现终端设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现终端设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal device 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为终端设备100充电,也可以用于终端设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他终端设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other terminal devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为终端设备供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal device through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
终端设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the terminal device 100 can be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves and radiate them through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bl终端设备tooth,BT),GNSS,调频(freq终端设备ncy modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the terminal device 100 including wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bl terminal device tooth, BT), GNSS, frequency modulation (freq terminal equipment ncy modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,终端设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a Beidou satellite navigation system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi-zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation System (satellite based augmentation systems, SBAS).
终端设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采 用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
终端设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The terminal device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The terminal device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储终端设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage, UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,执行终端设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the terminal device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
终端设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal device 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The terminal device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。 Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal device 100 receives a phone call or voice information, the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a phone call or sending a voice message, the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In some other embodiments, the terminal device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the terminal device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions, etc.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动终端设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。终端设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,终端设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。终端设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. A capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The terminal device 100 determines the intensity of pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the terminal device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The terminal device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定终端设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定终端设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测终端设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyroscope sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the terminal device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。终端设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端设备100是翻盖机时,终端设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The terminal device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the terminal device 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal device 100 may detect opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测终端设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别终端设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize the posture of terminal equipment, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。终端设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance. The terminal device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端设备100可以确定终端设备100附近没有物体。终端设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持终端设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The terminal device 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode. The terminal device 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the terminal device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal device 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal device 100 . The terminal device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal device 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。终端设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测终端设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness. The terminal device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。终端设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The terminal device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,终端设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,终端设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致终端设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the terminal device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal device 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于终端设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。The touch sensor 180K is also called "touch device". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可 以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与终端设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The terminal device 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal device 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和终端设备100的接触和分离。终端设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持NanoSIM卡,MicroSIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,终端设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在终端设备100中,不能和终端设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 . The terminal device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support NanoSIM card, MicroSIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The terminal device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication. In some embodiments, the terminal device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal device 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal device 100 .
现结合图4对本申请实施例一提供的随机接入方法进行说明。The random access method provided by Embodiment 1 of the present application will now be described with reference to FIG. 4 .
如图4所示为本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法一个实施例的流程示意图,包括:As shown in Figure 4, it is a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application, including:
步骤401,网络向终端设备发送载波配置信息。Step 401, the network sends carrier configuration information to the terminal device.
具体地,上述网络可以是网络侧设备,上述网络侧设备可以是卫星,也就是说,在上述场景下,卫星可以看做是基站,终端设备直接与卫星(也就是基站)进行通信。上述网络侧设备也可以包括卫星和基站,此时,卫星可以作为中继转发的角色,也就是说,终端设备通过卫星的中转与地面的基站进行通信。为说明方便,下文将网路侧设备简称为“网络”。Specifically, the above-mentioned network can be a network-side device, and the above-mentioned network-side device can be a satellite, that is, in the above-mentioned scenario, the satellite can be regarded as a base station, and the terminal device directly communicates with the satellite (that is, the base station). The aforementioned network side equipment may also include a satellite and a base station. In this case, the satellite can act as a relay forwarding role, that is, the terminal equipment communicates with the base station on the ground through the relay of the satellite. For the convenience of description, the network-side device is referred to as "network" for short below.
上述终端设备的类型可以包括两种类型,例如,GNSS类型(也可以称为第二类型)及非GNSS类型(也可以称为第一类型)。其中,GNSS类型的终端设备可以用于表征具备GNSS能力的终端设备,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以用于表征不具备GNSS能力的终端设备。本步骤401中的终端设备可以为GNSS类型的终端设备,也可以为非GNSS类型的终端设备。The aforementioned types of terminal devices may include two types, for example, GNSS type (also may be called the second type) and non-GNSS type (also may be called the first type). Wherein, the GNSS-type terminal device can be used to represent a terminal device with GNSS capability, and the non-GNSS-type terminal device can be used to represent a terminal device without GNSS capability. The terminal device in step 401 may be a GNSS type terminal device, or may be a non-GNSS type terminal device.
终端设备可以选取小区内的一个载波发起随机接入,例如,可以向网络发送Msg1,该Msg1中可以包括前导码。其中,Msg1由PRACH承载。网络可以预先对小区内的载波进行分组,也就是说,可以在网络侧基于GNSS类型的终端设备及非GNSS类型 的终端设备对小区内的载波进行载波分组,由此可以得到载波集合。The terminal device may select a carrier in the cell to initiate random access, for example, may send Msg1 to the network, and the Msg1 may include a preamble. Wherein, Msg1 is carried by PRACH. The network can group the carriers in the cell in advance, that is to say, the network can group the carriers in the cell based on GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices, so that a carrier set can be obtained.
当网络进行载波分组后,GNSS类型的终端设备及非GNSS类型的终端设备可以分别配置不同的载波组,该载波组中的载波可以用于发起随机接入过程。其中,每个载波组可以包括一个或多个载波。为说明方便,下文将与非GNSS类型的终端设备对应的载波组可以称为“第一载波组”,第一载波组可以包括一个或多个载波;将与GNSS类型的终端设备对应的载波组可以称为“第二载波组”,第二载波组可以包括一个或多个载波。可以理解的是,上述载波组也可以称为载波集合,例如,第一载波组也可以称为第一载波集合,第二载波组也可以称为第二载波集合,为说明方便,下文将载波集合称为载波组。示例性的,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在上述第一载波组中选取一个载波,用于发起随机接入,为说明方便,下文将非GNSS类型的终端设备用于发送Msg1所使用的载波称为“第一载波”;GNSS类型的终端设备可以在上述第二载波组中选取一个载波,用于发起随机接入,为说明方便,下文将GNSS类型的终端设备用于发送Msg1所使用的载波称为“第二载波”。After the network performs carrier grouping, GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be configured with different carrier groups, and the carriers in the carrier group can be used to initiate a random access procedure. Wherein, each carrier group may include one or more carriers. For the convenience of description, the carrier group corresponding to non-GNSS type terminal equipment may be referred to as "the first carrier group" below, and the first carrier group may include one or more carriers; the carrier group corresponding to GNSS type terminal equipment shall be It may be called a "second carrier group", and the second carrier group may include one or more carriers. It can be understood that the above carrier group may also be referred to as a carrier set, for example, the first carrier group may also be referred to as a first carrier set, and the second carrier group may also be referred to as a second carrier set. For the convenience of description, the carrier The collection is called a carrier group. Exemplarily, a non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier in the above-mentioned first carrier group to initiate random access. For the convenience of description, the carrier used by the non-GNSS type terminal device for sending Msg1 is referred to below as is the "first carrier"; GNSS-type terminal devices can select a carrier from the above-mentioned second carrier group to initiate random access. For the convenience of description, the GNSS-type terminal device is used to send the carrier used by Msg1 below Called "Second Carrier".
上述用于配置载波组的信息(例如,第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息)可以由网络发送给终端设备。示例性的,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令向终端设备发送第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息,上述第一载波配置信息可以包括第一载波成员集合信息,该第一载波成员集合信息可以包括一个或多个载波成员的索引(例如,第一载波组中的载波成员的索引);上述第二载波配置信息可以包括第二载波成员集合信息,该第二载波成员集合信息可以包括一个或多个载波成员的索引(例如,第二载波组中的载波成员的索引),该载波成员的索引可以用于标识载波成员的身份(例如,用于区分载波成员)。可以理解的是,上述第一载波可以在第一载波组中选取,上述第二载波在第二载波组中选取;第一载波组可以由网络发送的第一载波配置信息中的一个或多个载波成员组成,第二载波组可以由网络发送的第二载波配置信息中的一个或多个载波成员组成。若第一载波组由网络发送的第一载波配置信息配置的全部载波成员组成,则第一载波成员集合也就是第一载波组,若第二载波组由网络发送的第二载波配置信息配置的全部载波成员组成,则第二载波成员集合也就是第二载波组。需要说明的是,上述第一载波组和第二载波组是正交的,也就是说,第一载波组中的载波成员和第二载波组中的载波成员没有交集。The foregoing information for configuring the carrier group (for example, the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information) may be sent by the network to the terminal device. Exemplarily, the network may send the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. The first carrier configuration information may include first carrier member set information, and the first carrier member The aggregation information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, the carrier member index in the first carrier group); the above-mentioned second carrier configuration information may include second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information may be The index of one or more carrier components (eg, the index of the carrier component in the second carrier group) is included, and the index of the carrier component can be used to identify the identity of the carrier component (eg, used to distinguish the carrier component). It can be understood that the above-mentioned first carrier may be selected from the first carrier group, and the above-mentioned second carrier may be selected from the second carrier group; the first carrier group may be one or more of the first carrier configuration information sent by the network. The second carrier group may be composed of one or more carrier components in the second carrier configuration information sent by the network. If the first carrier group is composed of all carrier members configured by the first carrier configuration information sent by the network, the first carrier member set is also the first carrier group; if the second carrier group is configured by the second carrier configuration information sent by the network All carrier components are composed, and the second carrier component set is also the second carrier group. It should be noted that the foregoing first carrier group and the second carrier group are orthogonal, that is, there is no intersection between carrier components in the first carrier group and carrier components in the second carrier group.
进一步地,上述载波配置信息还可以用于配置载波成员集合中每个载波成员的随机接入响应窗的起始位置偏移量值及时长值。示例性的,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以使用扩展随机接入响应窗,可以理解的是,该扩展随机接入响应窗的时长可以与现有协议规定的随机接入响应窗的时长相同或不同。GNSS类型的终端设备可以使用现有协议规定的随机接入响应窗。为说明方便,下文将非GNSS类型的终端设备使用的扩展随机接入响应窗称为“第一响应窗”,将GNSS类型的终端设备使用的随机接入响应窗称为“第二响应窗”,其中,第一响应窗的时长与第二响应窗的时长可以不同。Further, the above carrier configuration information may also be used to configure the start position offset value and duration value of the random access response window of each carrier member in the carrier member set. Exemplarily, a non-GNSS type terminal device can use an extended random access response window. It can be understood that the duration of the extended random access response window can be the same as or different from the duration of the random access response window specified in the existing protocol. . GNSS-type terminal equipment can use the random access response window specified in the existing protocol. For the convenience of description, the extended random access response window used by non-GNSS terminal devices is referred to as the "first response window", and the random access response window used by GNSS terminal devices is referred to as the "second response window" , where the duration of the first response window may be different from the duration of the second response window.
为了使得非GNSS类型的终端设备确定第一响应窗的具体位置,第一载波配置信息中可以包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和第一响应窗信息。其中,第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息用于确定第一载波成员集合中的载波成员对应的第一偏移量值,第一偏移量值用于确定第一响应窗的起始位置,即第一偏移量可 以用于表征发送Msg1所使用的传输资源的结束位置与第一响应窗的起始位置之间的时间间隔。因此,第一偏移量值也可以称为起始位置偏移量值。第一响应窗信息用于确定第一载波成员集合中的载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长。一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值和第一响应窗的时长可以用于使用该载波的终端设备确定第一响应窗的位置。In order to enable non-GNSS terminal devices to determine the specific position of the first response window, the first carrier configuration information may include first offset information and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier component set. Wherein, the first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set is used to determine the first offset value corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set, and the first offset value is used to determine the first response window The starting position, that is, the first offset may be used to characterize the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource used for sending Msg1 and the starting position of the first response window. Therefore, the first offset value may also be referred to as a starting position offset value. The first response window information is used to determine the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set. The first offset value and the duration of the first response window corresponding to a carrier component may be used by a terminal device using the carrier to determine the position of the first response window.
具体的,可以通过以下方式1-方式5配置第一载波成员集合中的载波成员对应的第一偏移量值。Specifically, the first offset value corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set may be configured in the following ways 1-5.
方式1way 1
第一载波配置信息中包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值。The first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
在方式1中,第一偏移量值是载波组级别的或者说小区级别的。第一响应窗的起始位置可以由发送Msg1所使用的传输资源的结束位置及第一偏移量值确定。示例性的,网络可以对第一载波组中的所有载波成员配置一个第一偏移量值,也就是说,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令给终端设备配置第一载波组对应的第一偏移量值,无论非GNSS类型的终端设备选取第一载波组中的哪个载波成员,网络都采用相同的第一偏移量值确定第一响应窗的起始位置。在具体实现时,上述第一偏移量值可以由网络根据小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与基站之间的往返传播时延确定。例如,网络首先根据星历信息计算出小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与卫星之间的往返传播时延T1,然后结合公共TA值T2以及MAC CE生效时延值T3确定上述第一偏移量值,即上述第一偏移量值为:T1+T2+T3;或者,网络根据星历信息计算出小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与卫星之间的往返传播时延T1以及基站到卫星之间的往返传播时延T4,网络将上述第一偏移量值确定为:T1+T4。In manner 1, the first offset value is at the carrier group level or at the cell level. The start position of the first response window may be determined by the end position of the transmission resource used for sending Msg1 and the first offset value. Exemplarily, the network may configure a first offset value for all carrier members in the first carrier group, that is, the network may configure the terminal device with the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier group through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. An offset value, no matter which carrier member in the first carrier group is selected by the non-GNSS type terminal equipment, the network uses the same first offset value to determine the starting position of the first response window. During specific implementation, the above-mentioned first offset value may be determined by the network according to the round-trip propagation delay between the position closest to the satellite in the coverage area of the cell and the base station. For example, the network first calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite in the coverage area of the cell and the satellite based on the ephemeris information, and then determines the above-mentioned first offset by combining the public TA value T2 and the MAC CE effective delay value T3 value, that is, the above-mentioned first offset value is: T1+T2+T3; or, the network calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite and the satellite in the coverage area of the cell according to the ephemeris information and the base station to The round-trip propagation delay between satellites is T4, and the network determines the first offset value as: T1+T4.
方式2way 2
第一载波配置信息中包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;其中,唯一的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。The first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first offset information includes the unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier member set; wherein, the unique The first offset difference value is a difference between the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the preset first reference value.
方式2与方式1的差别在于,方式1是直接指示载波组级别的或者说小区级别的第一偏移量值,方式2是间接指示载波组级别的或者说小区级别的第一偏移量值。此时,载波组级别的或者说小区级别的第一偏移量值=第一参考值+第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值。The difference between method 2 and method 1 is that method 1 directly indicates the first offset value at the carrier group level or cell level, and method 2 indirectly indicates the first offset value at the carrier group level or cell level . At this time, the first offset value at the carrier group level or at the cell level=the first reference value+the unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
在方式2下,需要说明的是,此处仅仅是采用了一种方式对如何间接指示载波组级别的或者说小区级别的第一偏移量值的方法进行示例,在实际实现时还可以有其他方式,例如,第一偏移量信息可以包括第一参考值与第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值之间的比例因子(或者说比值)。In method 2, it should be noted that this is only an example of how to indirectly indicate the first offset value at the carrier group level or at the cell level. In actual implementation, there may also be In other manners, for example, the first offset information may include a scale factor (or a ratio) between the first reference value and the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set.
在方式2下,可选的,该方法还包括:网络向终端设备发送预设的第一参考值。第一参考值除了可以是网络向终端设备发送的之外,还可以是预先配置在终端设备中或者协议规定的,本申请不作限制。In mode 2, optionally, the method further includes: the network sends a preset first reference value to the terminal device. In addition to being sent by the network to the terminal device, the first reference value may also be pre-configured in the terminal device or stipulated by a protocol, which is not limited in this application.
方式3way 3
第一载波配置信息中包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息,第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值。The first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
在方式3中,第一偏移量值是载波级别的,也就是说,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令给终端设备配置第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值,第一载波成员集合中的每个载波成员都可以对应一个第一偏移量值。由于网络给第一载波成员集合中的每个载波成员配置了一个第一偏移量值,由此可以使得终端设备根据当前使用的载波成员确定与当前载波成员对应的第一偏移量值。其中,每个载波成员的第一偏移量值可以根据该载波成员所对应的波束覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与基站之间的往返传播时延确定。例如,网络首先根据星历信息计算出某一载波成员所对应的波束覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与卫星之间的往返传播时延T1,然后结合公共TA值T2以及MAC CE生效时延值T3确定该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值,即该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值为:T1+T2+T3;或者,网络根据星历信息计算出某一载波成员所对应的波束覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与卫星之间的往返传播时延T1以及基站到卫星之间的往返传播时延T4,网络将该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值确定为:T1+T4。In mode 3, the first offset value is at the carrier level, that is, the network can configure the terminal device with the first offset corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set through system information or RRC dedicated signaling Each carrier member in the first carrier member set may correspond to a first offset value. Since the network configures a first offset value for each carrier member in the first carrier member set, the terminal device can determine the first offset value corresponding to the current carrier member according to the currently used carrier member. Wherein, the first offset value of each carrier component may be determined according to the round-trip propagation delay between the position closest to the satellite and the base station in the beam coverage area corresponding to the carrier component. For example, the network first calculates the round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite and the satellite in the beam coverage area corresponding to a certain carrier member based on the ephemeris information, and then combines the public TA value T2 and the MAC CE effective delay value T3 determines the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member, that is, the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member is: T1+T2+T3; or, the network calculates the corresponding offset value of a carrier member according to the ephemeris information The round-trip propagation delay T1 between the position closest to the satellite in the beam coverage area and the satellite, and the round-trip propagation delay T4 between the base station and the satellite, the network determines the first offset value corresponding to the carrier member as: T1+ T4.
方式4way 4
第一载波配置信息中包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息,第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。The first carrier configuration information includes first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first offset information includes a first offset difference value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set; Wherein, the first offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the difference between the first offset value corresponding to the carrier component in the first carrier component set and the preset second reference value .
方式4与方式3的差别在于,方式3是直接指示载波级别的第一偏移量值,方式4是间接指示载波级别的第一偏移量值。此时,对于第一载波成员集合中的载波A而言,载波A对应的第一偏移量值=第二参考值+载波A对应的第一偏移量差分值。The difference between mode 4 and mode 3 is that mode 3 directly indicates the first offset value of the carrier class, and mode 4 indirectly indicates the first offset value of the carrier class. At this time, for carrier A in the first carrier member set, the first offset value corresponding to carrier A=the second reference value+the first offset difference value corresponding to carrier A.
在方式4下,需要说明的是,此处仅仅是采用了一种方式对如何间接指示载波级别的第一偏移量值的方法进行示例,在实际实现时还可以有其他方式,例如,第一偏移量信息可以包括第二参考值与第一载波成员集合中的每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值之间的比例因子(或者说比值)。In method 4, it should be noted that this is just an example of how to indirectly indicate the first offset value of the carrier level, and there may be other methods in actual implementation, for example, the first The offset information may include a scale factor (or a ratio) between the second reference value and the first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
在方式4下,可选的,该方法还包括:网络向终端设备发送预设的第二参考值。第二参考值除了可以是网络向终端设备发送的之外,还可以是预先配置在终端设备中或者协议规定的,本申请不作限制。In mode 4, optionally, the method further includes: the network sends a preset second reference value to the terminal device. In addition to being sent by the network to the terminal device, the second reference value may also be pre-configured in the terminal device or specified by a protocol, which is not limited in this application.
方式4相比方式3而言,由于第二参考值的存在,针对每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量,不再需要太多的比特指示,因此,可以降低信令开销。Compared with way 3, way 4 does not need too many bit indications for the first offset corresponding to each carrier component due to the existence of the second reference value, and therefore, signaling overhead can be reduced.
方式5way 5
第一载波配置信息中包括与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。The first carrier configuration information includes the first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set. The second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier member in the set; wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set is the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set The difference of the offset value relative to the unique first offset value.
在方式5中,第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值即载波级别或小区级 别的第一偏移量值。In mode 5, the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set is the first offset value at the carrier level or cell level.
在方式5中,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令给终端设备配置一个小区级别或者载波组级别的第一响应窗的起始位置偏移量值,也就是说,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令指示非GNSS类型的终端设备一个小区级别或者载波组级别的第一偏移量值。当非GNSS类型的终端设备没有获取到载波级别的第一偏移量值时,可以采用小区级别或者载波组级别的第一偏移量值确定第一响应窗的起始位置。而上述载波级别的第一偏移量值可以通过如下方式配置:示例性的,网络可以基于载波组级别的第一偏移量值指示载波级别的第一偏移量值的相对值,也就是说,网络可以指示某一个载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于载波组级别的第一偏移量值的差值,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以根据网络指示的该差值以及载波组级别的第一偏移量值确定该载波成员的第一偏移量值。In mode 5, the network can configure a starting position offset value of the first response window at the cell level or carrier group level for the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling, that is, the network can configure the terminal device through system information or The RRC dedicated signaling indicates the non-GNSS type terminal equipment a cell-level or carrier group-level first offset value. When the non-GNSS type terminal device does not obtain the first offset value at the carrier level, the first offset value at the cell level or carrier group level may be used to determine the starting position of the first response window. The above carrier-level first offset value can be configured in the following manner: Exemplarily, the network can indicate the relative value of the carrier-level first offset value based on the carrier group-level first offset value, that is, That is, the network can indicate the difference between the first offset value of a certain carrier member and the first offset value of the carrier group level, and the non-GNSS type terminal device can use the difference indicated by the network and the carrier group level The first offset value of determines the first offset value of the carrier component.
方式5与方式4类似,也是一种间接指示载波级别的第一偏移量值的方法。此时,对于第一载波成员集合中的载波A而言,载波A对应的第一偏移量值=第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值+载波A对应的第二偏移量差分值。Way 5 is similar to way 4, and is also a method of indirectly indicating the first offset value of the carrier level. At this time, for carrier A in the first carrier member set, the first offset value corresponding to carrier A=the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set+the second offset value corresponding to carrier A Shift differential value.
在方式5下,需要说明的是,此处仅仅是采用了一种方式对如何间接指示载波级别的第一偏移量值的方法进行示例,在实际实现时还可以有其他方式,例如,第一偏移量信息可以包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值与第一载波成员集合中的每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值之间的比例因子(或者说比值)。In method 5, it should be noted that this is only an example of how to indirectly indicate the first offset value of the carrier level, and there may be other methods in actual implementation, for example, the first The offset information may include a scaling factor between the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and the first offset value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set (or ratio).
与方式4类似的,方式5同样可以降低信令开销。Similar to mode 4, mode 5 can also reduce signaling overhead.
在上述方式2和方式4中,网络也可以基于一个参考值,指示非GNSS类型的终端设备载波组级别或载波级别的第一偏移量值,也就是说,网络可以配置非GNSS类型的终端设备某一个载波组或某一个载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于上述参考值的差值,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以根据网络指示的该差值以及参考值确定上述载波组或上述载波成员的第一偏移量值。可以理解的是,上述参考值可以是网络预先根据星历信息进行配置。In the above method 2 and method 4, the network can also indicate the first offset value of the carrier group level or carrier level of the non-GNSS type terminal equipment based on a reference value, that is, the network can configure the non-GNSS type terminal equipment The difference between the first offset value of a certain carrier group or a certain carrier member of the device relative to the above-mentioned reference value, non-GNSS type terminal equipment can determine the above-mentioned carrier group or the above-mentioned carrier according to the difference and the reference value indicated by the network The first offset value of the member. It can be understood that the above reference value may be pre-configured by the network according to the ephemeris information.
具体的,可以通过以下方式(1)或方式(2)配置第一载波成员集合中的载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长。Specifically, the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier components in the first carrier component set may be configured through the following method (1) or method (2).
方式(1)way(1)
第一载波配置信息包括第一响应窗信息,第一响应窗信息包括唯一的第一响应窗的时长值。The first carrier configuration information includes first response window information, and the first response window information includes a unique duration value of the first response window.
在方式(1)中,In way (1),
第一载波配置信息可以包括一个第一响应窗的时长值,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令发送上述第一载波配置信息,用于配置第一载波组对应的第一响应窗的时长值,即给非GNSS类型的终端设备配置载波组级别的随机接入响应窗的时长值,也就是说,第一载波组中每个载波成员对应相同的第一响应窗的时长值。无论非GNSS类型的终端设备使用第一载波组的哪个载波成员发起随机接入,都采用相同的第一响应窗的时长值。The first carrier configuration information may include a duration value of the first response window, and the network may send the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information through system information or RRC dedicated signaling to configure the duration value of the first response window corresponding to the first carrier group , that is, configure the duration value of the random access response window at the carrier group level for the terminal device of the non-GNSS type, that is, each carrier member in the first carrier group corresponds to the same duration value of the first response window. No matter which carrier member of the first carrier group is used by the non-GNSS terminal device to initiate random access, the same duration value of the first response window is used.
方式(2)way (2)
第一载波配置信息包括第一响应窗信息,第一响应窗信息包括与第一载波成员集 合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first carrier configuration information includes first response window information, and the first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set.
在方式(2)中,上述第一载波配置信息还可以包括多个第一响应窗的时长值,网络也可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令发送上述第一载波配置信息,为第一载波组中每个载波成员配置对应的第一响应窗的时长值,即给非GNSS类型的终端设备配置载波级别的随机接入响应窗的时长值,也就是说,第一载波组中每个载波成员各自对应一个第一响应窗的时长值。网络会对第一载波组中的每个载波成员配置与该载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值,由此可以使得网络可以根据非GNSS类型的终端设备当前选取的载波确定与上述确定的载波对应的第一响应窗的时长值。In mode (2), the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information may also include the duration values of multiple first response windows, and the network may also send the above-mentioned first carrier configuration information through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. Configure the duration value of the corresponding first response window for each carrier member in the configuration, that is, configure the duration value of the carrier-level random access response window for non-GNSS type terminal equipment, that is, each carrier member in the first carrier group Each corresponds to a duration value of the first response window. The network will configure each carrier member in the first carrier group with the duration value of the first response window corresponding to the carrier member, so that the network can determine the time period corresponding to the above determined carrier according to the carrier currently selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device. The duration value of the first response window corresponding to the carrier.
可以理解的是,上述第二载波配置信息也可以包括第二响应窗的时长值。该第二响应窗的时长值的配置方式可以参考现有协议的方式,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the foregoing second carrier configuration information may also include a duration value of the second response window. The configuration method of the duration value of the second response window can refer to the method of the existing protocol, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,上述第一载波配置信息也可以不包括第一响应窗信息,此时,第一响应窗的时长值可以由第二响应窗的时长值确定。Optionally, the first carrier configuration information may not include the first response window information, and at this time, the duration value of the first response window may be determined by the duration value of the second response window.
需要说明的是,上述第二载波配置信息不包括第二响应窗的起始位置偏移量值。若终端设备的类型为GNSS类型,则上述第二响应窗的起始位置可以根据Msg1的发送时刻及第二响应窗的起始位置偏移量值确定。为说明方便,下文将上述第二响应窗的起始位置偏移量称为“第二偏移量”。其中,该第二偏移量可以用于表征Msg1结束位置与第二响应窗之间的时间间隔,该第二偏移量值可以由上行TA及MAC CE生效时延值确定。也就是说,第一偏移量是与第一载波对应的,可以预先由网络配置给非GNSS类型的终端设备,而该第二偏移量值是GNSS类型的终端设备实时计算获得,与第二载波无关,并非由网络配置。It should be noted that, the above second carrier configuration information does not include the start position offset value of the second response window. If the type of the terminal device is GNSS type, the starting position of the second response window may be determined according to the sending time of Msg1 and the starting position offset value of the second response window. For the convenience of description, the starting position offset of the second response window is referred to as the "second offset" hereinafter. Wherein, the second offset may be used to characterize the time interval between the end position of Msg1 and the second response window, and the second offset value may be determined by the uplink TA and MAC CE effective delay value. That is to say, the first offset corresponds to the first carrier, and can be pre-configured by the network for non-GNSS type terminal equipment, and the second offset value is calculated by the GNSS type terminal equipment in real time, which is the same as the first The two carriers are independent and are not configured by the network.
需要说明的是,上述各个方式中的网络发送的信息均可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令发送给终端设备,其中,不同的信息可以放在同一个消息中发送,也可以放在不同的消息中发送,本申请不作限制。It should be noted that the information sent by the network in each of the above methods can be sent to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling, wherein different information can be sent in the same message or in different messages Send in, this application is not limited.
步骤402,终端设备向网络发送Msg1(即随机接入请求消息)。相应的,网络接收终端设备发送的Msg1。Step 402, the terminal device sends Msg1 (that is, a random access request message) to the network. Correspondingly, the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device.
具体地,当终端设备接收到网络发送的载波配置信息后,可以在上述载波配置信息中获取载波集合,并可以在载波集合中选取一个载波发起随机接入,例如,可以使用选取的载波向网络发送Msg1。Specifically, after the terminal device receives the carrier configuration information sent by the network, it can obtain a carrier set from the above carrier configuration information, and can select a carrier from the carrier set to initiate random access, for example, it can use the selected carrier to send the network Send Msg1.
在具体实现时,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在上述第一载波组中选取一个载波(例如,第一载波),用于发起随机接入,GNSS类型的终端设备可以在上述第二载波组中选取一个载波(例如,第二载波),用于发起随机接入。In a specific implementation, a non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier (for example, the first carrier) in the above-mentioned first carrier group for initiating random access, and a GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier (for example, the first carrier) in the above-mentioned second carrier group A carrier (for example, the second carrier) is selected for initiating random access.
相应的,网络可以在上述第一载波上接收非GNSS类型的终端设备发送的Msg1,也可以在上述第二载波上接收GNSS类型的终端设备发送的Msg1。Correspondingly, the network may receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device of the non-GNSS type on the first carrier, and may also receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device of the GNSS type on the second carrier.
步骤403,网络向终端设备发送Msg2(即随机接入响应消息)。相应的,终端设备接收网络发送的Msg2。Step 403, the network sends Msg2 (that is, a random access response message) to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives Msg2 sent by the network.
具体地,当网络接收到终端设备发送的Msg1后,可以确定发送Msg2的时间窗,并可以根据该时间窗向终端设备发送Msg2。其中,上述发送Msg2的时间窗可以是随机接入响应窗。Specifically, after the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device, it can determine the time window for sending the Msg2, and can send the Msg2 to the terminal device according to the time window. Wherein, the above time window for sending Msg2 may be a random access response window.
在具体实现时,当网络接收到终端设备发送的Msg1后,可以基于Msg1确定所述 终端设备的类型。在实施例一中,可以确定终端设备使用的发送Msg1的载波,并可以根据该载波所属的载波组确定终端设备的类型,例如,可以确定该终端设备是非GNSS类型还是GNSS类型。若终端设备使用的是第一载波组中的载波发送Msg1,由于该第一载波组仅分配给非GNSS类型的终端设备使用,则可以确定该终端设备为非GNSS类型;若终端设备使用的是第二载波组中的载波发送Msg1,由于该第二载波组仅分配给GNSS类型的终端设备使用,则可以确定该终端设备为GNSS类型。In specific implementation, after the network receives the Msg1 sent by the terminal device, it can determine the type of the terminal device based on Msg1. In Embodiment 1, the carrier used by the terminal device to send Msg1 can be determined, and the type of the terminal device can be determined according to the carrier group to which the carrier belongs, for example, it can be determined whether the terminal device is a non-GNSS type or a GNSS type. If the terminal device uses a carrier in the first carrier group to send Msg1, since the first carrier group is only allocated to non-GNSS type terminal devices, it can be determined that the terminal device is a non-GNSS type; if the terminal device uses a The carrier in the second carrier group sends Msg1, and since the second carrier group is only allocated to the terminal device of the GNSS type, it can be determined that the terminal device is of the GNSS type.
当网络确定终端设备的类型后,可以根据终端设备的类型确定上述随机接入响应窗。例如,若该终端设备为非GNSS类型的终端设备,则网络可以使用该非GNSS类型的终端设备当前使用的载波对应的第一响应窗的时长发送Msg2。若该终端设备为GNSS类型的终端设备,则使用第二响应窗的时长发送Msg2。After the network determines the type of the terminal device, the random access response window may be determined according to the type of the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device is a non-GNSS type terminal device, the network may use the duration of the first response window corresponding to the carrier currently used by the non-GNSS type terminal device to send Msg2. If the terminal device is a GNSS type terminal device, Msg2 is sent using the duration of the second response window.
具体地,终端设备可以根据随机接入响应窗的起始位置开始接收Msg2,上述接收Msg2的时长可以由随机接入响应窗的时长确定。示例性的,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在第一响应窗的时长内从第一响应窗的起始位置起接收Msg2,GNSS类型的终端设备可以在第二响应窗的时长内从第二响应窗的起始位置起接收Msg2。Specifically, the terminal device may start to receive Msg2 according to the starting position of the random access response window, and the duration of receiving Msg2 may be determined by the duration of the random access response window. Exemplarily, a non-GNSS type terminal device can receive Msg2 from the start position of the first response window within the duration of the first response window, and a GNSS type terminal device can receive Msg2 from the second response window within the duration of the second response window. Receive Msg2 from the start position of the window.
其中,对于非GNSS类型的终端设备,当该非GNSS类型的终端设备接收到网络指示的第一偏移量值后,可以根据与该非GNSS类型的终端设备选取的第一载波对应的第一偏移量值及Msg1的发送时刻确定第一响应窗的起始位置,也就是接收Msg2的起始位置,并可以在上述接收Msg2的起始位置开始接收Msg2。可以理解的是,上述与该非GNSS类型的终端设备选取的第一载波对应的第一偏移量值可以是载波组级别的第一偏移量值,或载波级别的第一偏移量值。由此可以使得非GNSS类型的终端设备准确计算接收Msg2的时刻,进而可以有效实现对Msg2的接收,从而可以顺利完成非GNSS类型的终端设备的随机接入。Wherein, for a non-GNSS type terminal device, after the non-GNSS type terminal device receives the first offset value indicated by the network, it may use the first offset value corresponding to the first carrier selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device. The offset value and the sending time of Msg1 determine the starting position of the first response window, that is, the starting position of receiving Msg2, and the receiving of Msg2 can be started at the starting position of receiving Msg2. It can be understood that, the above-mentioned first offset value corresponding to the first carrier selected by the non-GNSS type terminal device may be the first offset value at the carrier group level, or the first offset value at the carrier level . In this way, the non-GNSS type terminal device can accurately calculate the time to receive the Msg2, and then can effectively realize the reception of the Msg2, so that the random access of the non-GNSS type terminal device can be successfully completed.
对于GNSS类型的终端设备,可以根据现有协议的规定,例如,根据Msg1的发送时刻以及第二偏移量确定第二时间窗的起始位置。接着,GNSS类型的终端设备可以在第二时间窗的起始位置开始接收Msg2。For a GNSS type terminal device, the start position of the second time window may be determined according to the stipulations of the existing protocol, for example, according to the sending moment of Msg1 and the second offset. Then, the GNSS-type terminal device may start to receive Msg2 at the start position of the second time window.
步骤404,终端设备向网络发送Msg3。相应的,网络接收终端设备发送的Msg3。 Step 404, the terminal device sends Msg3 to the network. Correspondingly, the network receives Msg3 sent by the terminal device.
上述终端设备与网络之间的Msg3的交互过程可以参考现有协议,在此不再赘述。For the above-mentioned interaction process of Msg3 between the terminal device and the network, reference may be made to existing protocols, and details will not be repeated here.
步骤405,网络向终端设备发送Msg4。相应的,终端设备接收网络发送的Msg4。 Step 405, the network sends Msg4 to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the Msg4 sent by the network.
其中,步骤405的实现可以参考现有协议,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the implementation of step 405 may refer to existing protocols, and will not be repeated here.
接着,通过实施例二对本申请提供的随机接入方法进行进一步说明。Next, the random access method provided by this application is further described through the second embodiment.
本实施例二与实施例一的区别在于:The difference between the second embodiment and the first embodiment is:
步骤401中,网络在对小区内的所有载波进行分组时,网络可以将一部分载波分组为“第三载波组”,将剩余的载波分组为“第四载波组”。其中,该第三载波组的载波可以用于GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入,该第四载波组的载波可以用于GNSS类型的终端设备及非GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入。这样的话,网络向终端设备发送载波配置信息时,可以在第一载波配置信息中携带第四载波组中的载波成员信息,在第二载波配置信息中携带第三载波组中的载波成员信息。In step 401, when the network groups all carriers in the cell, the network may group some carriers into a "third carrier group", and group the remaining carriers into a "fourth carrier group". Wherein, the carriers of the third carrier group can be used for GNSS-type terminal devices to initiate random access, and the carriers of the fourth carrier group can be used for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices to initiate random access. In this way, when the network sends the carrier configuration information to the terminal device, the first carrier configuration information may carry carrier member information in the fourth carrier group, and the second carrier configuration information may carry carrier member information in the third carrier group.
示例性的,上述第一载波配置信息可以包括第一载波成员集合信息,该第一载波成员集合信息可以包括一个或多个载波成员的索引(例如,第四载波组中的载波成员 的索引),上述第二载波配置信息可以包括第二载波成员集合信息,该第二载波成员集合信息可以包括一个或多个载波成员的索引(例如,第三载波组中的载波成员的索引)。上述第一载波可以在第四载波组中选取,上述第二载波可以在第三载波组和/或第四载波组中选取。第四载波组可以由网络发送的第一载波配置信息中的一个或多个载波成员组成,第三载波组可以由网络发送的第二载波配置信息中的一个或多个载波成员组成。若第四载波组由网络发送的第一载波配置信息配置的全部载波成员组成,则第一载波成员集合也就是第四载波组,若第三载波组由网络发送的第二载波配置信息配置的全部载波成员组成,则第二载波成员集合也就是第三载波组。需要说明的是,上述第三载波组和第四载波组是正交的,也就是说,第三载波组中的载波成员和第四载波组中的载波成员没有交集。Exemplarily, the first carrier configuration information may include first carrier member set information, and the first carrier member set information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, the carrier member index in the fourth carrier group) , the foregoing second carrier configuration information may include second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information may include one or more carrier member indexes (for example, indexes of carrier members in the third carrier group). The first carrier may be selected from the fourth carrier group, and the second carrier may be selected from the third carrier group and/or the fourth carrier group. The fourth carrier group may consist of one or more carrier components in the first carrier configuration information sent by the network, and the third carrier group may consist of one or more carrier components in the second carrier configuration information sent by the network. If the fourth carrier group is composed of all carrier members configured by the first carrier configuration information sent by the network, the first carrier member set is also the fourth carrier group; if the third carrier group is configured by the second carrier configuration information sent by the network All carrier components are formed, and the second carrier component set is also the third carrier group. It should be noted that the third carrier group and the fourth carrier group are orthogonal, that is, there is no intersection between carrier components in the third carrier group and carrier components in the fourth carrier group.
可选地,对于GNSS类型的终端设备,由于其可以选择两个载波组中的载波,因此,网络可以在两个载波组(例如,第三载波组和第四载波组)上配置不同的接入权重,以平衡载波组的负载。例如,网络设备可以通过载波组接入权重配置信息为两种载波配置不同的接入权重。该载波组接入权重配置信息可以预先由网络发送给终端设备,该载波组接入权重配置信息可以用于表征终端设备使用载波组发起随机接入的几率。例如,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令将上述载波组接入权重配置信息指示给终端设备。此时,第二载波由终端设备基于载波集合的接入权重进行选取;其中,第三载波集合具有第一接入权重,第四载波集合具有第二接入权重。示例性的,网络可以配置GNSS类型的终端设备在第三载波组上的接入权重为80%,在第四载波组上的接入权重为20%。GNSS类型的终端设备首先可以根据上述两个载波组的接入权重选择一个载波组,例如,可以选择接入权重高的载波组(即第三载波组),接着,可以在该第三载波组中选择一个合适的载波发起随机接入。可以理解的是,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率。Optionally, for a GNSS-type terminal device, since it can select carriers in two carrier groups, the network can configure different access points on the two carrier groups (for example, the third carrier group and the fourth carrier group). input weight to balance the load of the carrier group. For example, the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through the carrier group access weight configuration information. The carrier group access weight configuration information may be sent by the network to the terminal device in advance, and the carrier group access weight configuration information may be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access. For example, the network may indicate the above carrier group access weight configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. At this time, the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight. Exemplarily, the network may configure the access weight of the GNSS-type terminal device on the third carrier group to be 80%, and the access weight on the fourth carrier group to be 20%. GNSS-type terminal equipment can first select a carrier group according to the access weights of the above two carrier groups. For example, it can select a carrier group with a high access weight (that is, the third carrier group). Select an appropriate carrier to initiate random access. It can be understood that the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access.
可选的,由于第四载波组中的载波既可以被GNSS类型的终端设备使用,也可以被非GNSS类型的终端设备使用,因此,网络可以对第四载波组中的每个载波成员配置两个接入权重,该接入权重信息也可以用于表征终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率,以平衡载波负载。例如,网络设备可以通过载波接入权重配置信息为两种载波配置不同的接入权重。其中,一个接入权重用于GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入,另一个接入权重用于非GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入。由此可以使得不同类型的终端设备在发起随机接入时可以基于上述接入权重进行载波选择。具体的,第二载波由终端设备基于载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,第四载波集合中的每个载波成员具有与第一类型终端设备对应的第三接入权重及与第二类型终端设备对应的第四接入权重。示例性的,第四载波组中的一个载波成员具有两个权重,该载波成员与GNSS类型的终端设备对应的接入权重为20%,与非GNSS类型的终端设备对应的接入权重为80%,则该载波成员可以优先给非GNSS类型的终端设备使用。由此可以合理分配GNSS类型的终端设备以及非GNSS类型的终端设备的接入比例,实现负载分流。可以理解的是,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率Optionally, since the carriers in the fourth carrier group can be used by both GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices, the network can configure two carrier members in the fourth carrier group An access weight, the access weight information can also be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access, so as to balance the carrier load. For example, the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through carrier access weight configuration information. Wherein, one access weight is used for GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access, and the other access weight is used for non-GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access. In this way, different types of terminal devices can perform carrier selection based on the above access weights when initiating random access. Specifically, the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal The fourth access weight corresponding to the device. Exemplarily, one carrier member in the fourth carrier group has two weights, the access weight corresponding to the GNSS type terminal equipment of this carrier member is 20%, and the access weight corresponding to the non-GNSS type terminal equipment is 80% %, the carrier member can be preferentially used by non-GNSS type terminal equipment. In this way, the access ratios of GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be allocated reasonably, so as to realize load distribution. It can be understood that the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access
步骤403中,由于本实施例二中,非GNSS类型的终端设备与GNSS类型的终端设备可以选择相同的载波成员(例如,非GNSS类型的终端设备与GNSS类型的终端 设备都在第四载波组中选取到相同的载波成员)发起随机接入,网络无法通过终端设备发送Msg1所在的载波成员区分终端设备的类型,从而无法确定随机接入响应窗。因此,在实施例二中,同样可以基于Msg1确定终端设备的类型。具体的,网络可以预先通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令针对GNSS类型的终端设备和非GNSS类型的终端设备配置不同的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机,例如,网络可以预先向终端设备发送物理随机接入信道配置信息,其中,该物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置非GNSS类型的终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及GNSS类型的终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机,其中,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机和第二随机接入时机不同。GNSS类型的终端设备和非GNSS类型的终端设备可以选择其对应的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机发送Msg1,网络根据终端设备发送Msg1所选择的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机确定终端设备的类型,也就是说,该终端设备是GNSS类型的终端设备还是非GNSS类型的终端设备。示例性的,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在Msg1中携带第一随机接入前导码和/或在第一随机接入信道时机发送上述Msg1,GNSS类型的终端设备可以在Msg1中携带第二随机接入前导码和/或在第二随机接入信道时机发送上述Msg1,其中,第一随机接入前导码与第二随机接入前导码不相同,第一随机接入信道时机与第二随机接入信道时机不相同。In step 403, since in the second embodiment, the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device can select the same carrier member (for example, the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device are both in the fourth carrier group Select the same carrier member) to initiate random access, and the network cannot distinguish the type of the terminal device through the carrier member where the terminal device sends Msg1, so the random access response window cannot be determined. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the type of the terminal device can also be determined based on Msg1. Specifically, the network may pre-configure different random access preambles and/or different random access channel timings for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. For example, the network may sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device in advance, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the non-GNSS type terminal device, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of a terminal device of the GNSS type, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity and The timing of the second random access is different. GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can select their corresponding random access preambles and/or different random access channel opportunities to send Msg1, and the network sends Msg1 according to the random access preamble and selected by the terminal device. The/or different random access channel opportunities determine the type of the terminal device, that is, whether the terminal device is a GNSS type terminal device or a non-GNSS type terminal device. Exemplarily, a non-GNSS type terminal device may carry the first random access preamble in Msg1 and/or send the above Msg1 at the first random access channel opportunity, and a GNSS type terminal device may carry the second random access preamble in Msg1 Accessing the preamble and/or sending the above Msg1 at a second random access channel opportunity, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access channel opportunity is different from the second random access channel The timing of accessing the channel is different.
接着,通过实施例三对本申请提供的随机接入方法进行进一步说明。Next, the random access method provided by this application is further described through the third embodiment.
本实施例三与实施例一的区别在于:The difference between the third embodiment and the first embodiment is:
步骤401中,网络不对小区中的载波进行分组,而是给小区中的部分载波配置第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值,剩余的载波可以配置第二响应窗的时长值。可以理解的是,网络同样可以通过第一载波配置信息为小区中的部分载波配置第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值,通过第二载波配置信息为剩余的载波配置第二响应窗的时长值。In step 401, the network does not group the carriers in the cell, but configures the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value for some carriers in the cell, and configures the duration value of the second response window for the remaining carriers. It can be understood that the network can also configure the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value for some carriers in the cell through the first carrier configuration information, and configure the second response window for the remaining carriers through the second carrier configuration information. The duration value of the window.
非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在上述已配置第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值的载波中选取一个载波发起随机接入。The non-GNSS type terminal device may select a carrier to initiate random access among the above-mentioned carriers configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value.
针对GNSS类型的终端设备,一种情况(假设为情况1)下,可以在上述已配置第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值的载波中选取一个载波发起随机接入,也可以在小区中的所有载波中选取一个载波发起随机接入。另一种情况(假设为情况2)下,可以在剩余的载波上选取一个载波发起随机接入。For GNSS-type terminal equipment, in one case (assumed to be case 1), a carrier may be selected from the carriers configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value to initiate random access, or A carrier is selected from all carriers in the cell to initiate random access. In another case (assumed to be case 2), a carrier may be selected from the remaining carriers to initiate random access.
为了方便描述,以下将配置了第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值的载波称为全配置载波,剩余载波称为半配置载波。For convenience of description, below, the carrier configured with the duration value of the first response window and the first offset value is referred to as a fully configured carrier, and the rest of the carriers are referred to as half configured carriers.
在情况1下,对于GNSS类型的终端设备,由于其可以选择全配置载波,也可以选择半配置载波,因此,网络可以为两种载波配置不同的接入权重,以平衡两种载波的负载。例如,网络设备可以通过载波组接入权重配置信息为两种载波配置不同的接入权重。该载波组接入权重配置信息可以预先由网络发送给终端设备,该载波组接入权重配置信息可以用于表征终端设备使用两种载波发起随机接入的几率。例如,网络可以通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令将上述两种载波接入权重配置信息指示给终端 设备。此时,第二载波由终端设备基于两种载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,全配置载波具有第一接入权重,半配置载波具有第二接入权重。示例性的,网络可以配置GNSS类型的终端设备在半配置载波上的接入权重为80%,在全配置载波上的接入权重为20%。GNSS类型的终端设备首先可以根据上述两种载波的接入权重确定选择哪种载波,例如,可以选择半配置载波,接着,可以在全部的半配置载波中选择一个合适的载波发起随机接入。可以理解的是,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率。In case 1, for a GNSS-type terminal device, since it can select a fully configured carrier or a semi-configured carrier, the network can configure different access weights for the two carriers to balance the loads of the two carriers. For example, the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through the carrier group access weight configuration information. The carrier group access weight configuration information may be sent by the network to the terminal device in advance, and the carrier group access weight configuration information may be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses two carriers to initiate random access. For example, the network may indicate the above two types of carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. At this time, the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weights of the two carriers; the fully configured carrier has the first access weight, and the semi-configured carrier has the second access weight. Exemplarily, the network may configure the access weight of GNSS-type terminal equipment on half-configured carriers to be 80%, and the access weight on fully-configured carriers to be 20%. The GNSS-type terminal device can first determine which carrier to choose according to the access weights of the above two carriers. For example, it can select a semi-configured carrier, and then select a suitable carrier from all the semi-configured carriers to initiate random access. It can be understood that the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier group to initiate random access.
在情况1下,由于全配置载波既可以被GNSS类型的终端设备使用,也可以被非GNSS类型的终端设备使用,因此,网络可以为全配置载波中的每个载波成员配置两个接入权重,该接入权重信息也可以用于表征终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率,以平衡载波负载。例如,网络设备可以通过载波接入权重配置信息为两种载波配置不同的接入权重。其中,一个接入权重用于GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入,另一个接入权重用于非GNSS类型的终端设备发起随机接入。由此可以使得不同类型的终端设备在发起随机接入时可以基于上述接入权重进行载波选择。具体的,第二载波由终端设备基于载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,全配置载波中的每个载波成员具有与第一类型终端设备对应的第三接入权重及与第二类型终端设备对应的第四接入权重。示例性的,全配置载波中的一个载波成员具有两个权重,该载波成员与GNSS类型的终端设备对应的接入权重为20%,与非GNSS类型的终端设备对应的接入权重为80%,则该载波成员可以优先给非GNSS类型的终端设备使用。由此可以合理分配GNSS类型的终端设备以及非GNSS类型的终端设备的接入比例,实现负载分流。可以理解的是,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。In case 1, since the fully-configured carrier can be used by both GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices, the network can configure two access weights for each carrier member in the fully-configured carrier , the access weight information can also be used to represent the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access, so as to balance the load of the carrier. For example, the network device may configure different access weights for two carriers through carrier access weight configuration information. Wherein, one access weight is used for GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access, and the other access weight is used for non-GNSS-type terminal equipment to initiate random access. In this way, different types of terminal devices can perform carrier selection based on the above access weights when initiating random access. Specifically, the second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fully configured carrier has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device The corresponding fourth access weight. Exemplarily, a carrier component in a fully configured carrier has two weights, the access weight corresponding to the GNSS type terminal equipment of the carrier component is 20%, and the access weight corresponding to the non-GNSS type terminal equipment is 80% , then the carrier member can be preferentially used by non-GNSS type terminal equipment. In this way, the access ratios of GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can be allocated reasonably, so as to realize load distribution. It can be understood that the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
步骤403中,由于本实施例三中,在情况1下,非GNSS类型的终端设备与GNSS类型的终端设备可以选择相同的载波成员(例如,全配置载波)发起随机接入,网络无法通过终端设备发送Msg1所在的载波成员区分终端设备的类型,从而无法确定随机接入响应窗。因此,在实施例二中,同样可以基于Msg1确定终端设备的类型。具体的,网络可以预先通过系统信息或者RRC专用信令针对GNSS类型的终端设备和非GNSS类型的终端设备配置不同的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机,例如,网络可以预先向终端设备发送物理随机接入信道配置信息,其中,该物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置非GNSS类型的终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及GNSS类型的终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机,其中,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机和第二随机接入时机不同。GNSS类型的终端设备和非GNSS类型的终端设备可以选择其对应的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机发送Msg1,网络根据终端设备发送Msg1所选择的随机接入前导码和/或不同的随机接入信道时机确定终端设备的类型,也就是说,该终端设备是GNSS类型的终端设备还是非GNSS类型的终端设备。示例性的,非GNSS类型的终端设备可以在Msg1中携带第一随机接入前导码和/或在第一随机接入信道时机发送上述Msg1,GNSS类型的终端设备可以在Msg1中携带第二随机接入前导码和/或在第二随机接入信道时机发送上述Msg1,其中,第一随机接入前导码与第二随机接入前导码不相同,第一随机接入信道时机与第二随机接入信道时机 不相同。In step 403, since in the third embodiment, in case 1, the non-GNSS type terminal device and the GNSS type terminal device can select the same carrier component (for example, a fully configured carrier) to initiate random access, the network cannot pass the terminal The carrier member where the device sends Msg1 distinguishes the type of the terminal device, so that the random access response window cannot be determined. Therefore, in the second embodiment, the type of the terminal device can also be determined based on Msg1. Specifically, the network may pre-configure different random access preambles and/or different random access channel timings for GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices through system information or RRC dedicated signaling. For example, the network may sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device in advance, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity of the non-GNSS type terminal device, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of a terminal device of the GNSS type, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity and The timing of the second random access is different. GNSS-type terminal devices and non-GNSS-type terminal devices can select their corresponding random access preambles and/or different random access channel opportunities to send Msg1, and the network sends Msg1 according to the random access preamble and selected by the terminal device. /Or different random access channel opportunities determine the type of the terminal device, that is, whether the terminal device is a GNSS type terminal device or a non-GNSS type terminal device. Exemplarily, a non-GNSS type terminal device may carry the first random access preamble in Msg1 and/or send the above Msg1 at the first random access channel opportunity, and a GNSS type terminal device may carry the second random access preamble in Msg1 Accessing the preamble and/or sending the above Msg1 at a second random access channel opportunity, wherein the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access channel opportunity is different from the second random access channel The timing of accessing the channel is different.
除了上述实施例二和实施例三中所述的区别之外,关于实施例二和实施例三中的其他描述均可以参见实施例一,不再赘述。Except for the differences described in the above-mentioned Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3, for other descriptions in Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3, reference may be made to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated here.
可以理解的是,上述终端设备和网络侧设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the above-mentioned terminal devices and network-side devices include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the example units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对上述终端设备和网络侧设备等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the above-mentioned terminal equipment and network-side equipment according to the above-mentioned method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种随机接入装置50的结构示意图,可以包括:接收模块51及发送模块52。FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device 50 provided in an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a receiving module 51 and a sending module 52 .
该随机接入装置50可以为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;The random access device 50 may be a first-type terminal device or a second-type terminal device, the first-type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second-type terminal device has GNSS capability;
接收模块51,用于接收网络侧设备发送的第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;The receiving module 51 is configured to receive the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information sent by the network side device;
发送模块52,用于向网络侧设备发送随机接入请求消息Msg1;A sending module 52, configured to send a random access request message Msg1 to the network side device;
在终端设备为第一类型终端设备的情况下,则In the case that the terminal device is a first type of terminal device, then
接收模块51,用于基于第一载波配置信息接收网络侧设备发送的随机接入响应消息Msg2;The receiving module 51 is configured to receive the random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information;
在终端设备为第二类型终端设备的情况下,则In the case that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, then
接收模块51,用于基于第二载波配置信息接收网络侧设备发送的Msg2;A receiving module 51, configured to receive Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the second carrier configuration information;
其中,第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;第二载波配置信息用于指示与第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和第一响应窗信息,则In one possible implementation manner, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and the first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment, then
接收模块51还用于基于第一载波配置信息确定第一偏移量值及第一响应窗的时长值,基于第一偏移量值确定第一起始位置,并从第一起始位置起,在第一响应窗的时长范围内接收网路侧设备发送的Msg2;其中,第一起始位置用于表征第一响应窗的起始位置。The receiving module 51 is also configured to determine the first offset value and the duration value of the first response window based on the first carrier configuration information, determine the first starting position based on the first offset value, and start from the first starting position at The Msg2 sent by the network side device is received within the duration range of the first response window; wherein, the first starting position is used to represent the starting position of the first response window.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,第一载波成员集合信息包 括一个或多个载波成员的索引;第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一响应窗信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,The first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
第一响应窗信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;其中,唯一的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; wherein, the unique first offset differential value is a unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members; or,
第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first carrier component The second offset difference value corresponding to one carrier member in the set is the difference between the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set and the unique first offset value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
在终端设备为第一类型终端设备的情况下,则In the case that the terminal device is a first type of terminal device, then
发送模块52还用于选取第一载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;The sending module 52 is also used to select the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device;
在终端设备为第二类型终端设备的情况下,则In the case that the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, then
发送模块52还用于选取第二载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1。The sending module 52 is also configured to select a second carrier to send the Msg1 to the network side device.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,第一载波在第一载波集合中选取,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,第二载波在第二载波集合中选取;其中,第一载波集合与第二载波集合正交,第一载波与第二载波不相同。All the carrier components in the first carrier component set form the first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, all the carrier components in the second carrier component set form the second carrier set, and the second carrier is selected in the second carrier set Selected from the set; wherein, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,第二载波在第三载波集合和/或第四载波集合中选取;第一载波在第四载波集合中选取;其中,第三载波集合与第四载波集合正交。All carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, and the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set; The first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
接收模块51,还用于接收网络侧设备发送的载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起 随机接入的几率,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。The receiving module 51 is also configured to receive carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information sent by the network side device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to use the carrier set to initiate random access Probability, the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第二载波由终端设备基于载波集合的接入权重进行选取;其中,第三载波集合具有第一接入权重,第四载波集合具有第二接入权重;或,The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the access weight of the carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has the first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has the second access weight; or,
第二载波由终端设备基于载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,第四载波集合中的每个载波成员具有与第一类型终端设备对应的第三接入权重及与第二类型终端设备对应的第四接入权重。The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and a third access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device. The fourth access weight.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
接收模块51,还用于接收网络侧设备发送的物理随机接入信道配置信息,其中,物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机。The receiving module 51 is also configured to receive physical random access channel configuration information sent by the network side device, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access preamble of the first type of terminal device. A random access opportunity, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal equipment.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机;或,If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the random access preamble and/or the random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the first random access preamble and/or the first random access opportunity; or,
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机;If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity;
其中,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机与第二随机接入时机不同。Wherein, the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种随机接入装置60的结构示意图,可以包括:发送模块61、接收模块62、处理模块63,其他模块可以在处理模块62的控制下执行相应的动作。该随机接入装置60可以为网络侧设备,则:FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access device 60 provided by an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a sending module 61 , a receiving module 62 , and a processing module 63 , and other modules may perform corresponding actions under the control of the processing module 62 . The random access device 60 may be a network side device, then:
发送模块61,用于向终端设备发送第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;A sending module 61, configured to send the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device;
接收模块62,用于接收所述终端设备发送的Msg1A receiving module 62, configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device
处理模块63,用于基于Msg1确定终端设备的类型,终端设备为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;The processing module 63 is configured to determine the type of the terminal device based on Msg1, the terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, the first type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second type terminal device has GNSS capability;
在终端设备的类型为第一类型终端设备的情况下,处理模块63还用于基于终端设备的类型确定第一响应窗的时长值;其中,第一响应窗用于表征第一类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗;When the type of the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the processing module 63 is further configured to determine the duration value of the first response window based on the type of the terminal device; wherein, the first response window is used to characterize the duration of the first type of terminal device Random access response window;
发送模块61,用于基于第一响应窗的时长值向终端设备发送Msg2;A sending module 61, configured to send Msg2 to the terminal device based on the duration value of the first response window;
其中,第一载波配置信息用于指示与第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;第二载波配置信息用于指示与第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information corresponding to the second type of terminal equipment. Two response window information.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,第一载波成员集合信息包 括一个或多个载波成员的索引;第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier member set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier member set, and the first carrier member set information includes a or multiple carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
若终端设备为第一类型终端设备,上述接收模块62,具体用于在第一载波上接收终端设备发送的Msg1;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the receiving module 62 is specifically configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the first carrier;
若终端设备为第二类型终端设备,上述接收模块62,具体用于在第二载波上接收终端设备发送的Msg1。If the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, the receiving module 62 is specifically configured to receive the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the second carrier.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,第一载波在第一载波集合中选取,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,第二载波在第二载波集合中选取,第一载波集合与第二载波集合正交,第一载波与第二载波不相同,上述处理模块63还用于基于Msg1所使用的载波成员所在的载波集合确定终端设备的类型。In one possible implementation manner, all carrier members in the first carrier member set form the first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, and all carrier members in the second carrier member set form the second carrier set, the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, the first carrier is different from the second carrier, and the processing module 63 is also used to locate the carrier member based on Msg1 The set of carriers determines the type of end device.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,第一载波在第四载波集合中选取,第二载波在第三载波集合和/或第四载波集合中选取,第三载波集合与第四载波集合正交。In one possible implementation manner, all carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, and the first carrier is in the fourth carrier set Selecting, the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set, and the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
发送模块61,还用于向终端设备发送物理随机接入信道配置信息;其中,物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机,第一随机接入前导码和第二随机接入前导码不同,第一随机接入时机和第二随机接入时机不同。The sending module 61 is further configured to send physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device; wherein the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access preamble of the first type of terminal device Access opportunity, and second random access preamble and/or second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal equipment, the first random access preamble and the second random access preamble are different, the first random access The timing is different from the second random access timing.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,上述处理模块63还用于基于终端设备发送Msg1使用的随机接入时机和/或Msg1包括的随机接入前导码确定终端设备的类型。In one possible implementation manner, the processing module 63 is further configured to determine the type of the terminal device based on the random access opportunity used by the terminal device to send Msg1 and/or the random access preamble included in Msg1.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
发送模块61,还用于向终端设备发送载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率,载波接入权重配置信息用于指示终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。The sending module 61 is further configured to send carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device; wherein, the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier set to initiate random access, The carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses the carrier to initiate random access.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
第一响应窗信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,The first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
第一响应窗信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of the first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
发送模块61,还用于向终端设备发送预设的第一参考值;The sending module 61 is also configured to send the preset first reference value to the terminal device;
其中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;唯一的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes the unique first offset differential value corresponding to the first carrier component set; the unique first offset differential value is the unique first offset corresponding to the first carrier component set The difference between the value and the preset first reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;唯一的第一偏移量值根据小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与网 络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。In one of the possible implementation manners, the first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; the unique first offset value is based on the location closest to the satellite in the cell coverage area The round-trip propagation delay with the network side device is determined.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,In one of the possible implementations,
发送模块61,用于向终端设备发送预设的第二参考值;A sending module 61, configured to send a preset second reference value to the terminal device;
其中,第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes a first offset differential value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; the first offset differential value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is the first A difference between a first offset value corresponding to a carrier member in a carrier member set and a preset second reference value.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量信息包括与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;In one possible implementation manner, the first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set;
其中,与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值根据第一载波成员集合中的载波成员关联的波束的覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与网络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。Wherein, the first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set is based on the distance between the position closest to the satellite and the network side device in the coverage area of the beam associated with the carrier member in the first carrier member set The round-trip propagation delay is determined.
其中一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量信息包括第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。In one possible implementation manner, the first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set Difference value; wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier member in the first carrier member set difference.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种随机接入装置700的结构示意图,上述随机接入装置700可以包括:至少一个处理器;以及与上述处理器通信连接的至少一个存储器。上述随机接入装置700可以为网络侧设备或终端设备。上述存储器存储有可被上述处理器执行的程序指令,若随机接入装置700为网络侧设备,则处理器调用上述程序指令能够执行本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法中的网络侧设备执行的动作,若随机接入装置700为终端设备,则处理器调用上述程序指令能够执行本申请实施例提供的随机接入方法中的终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a random access apparatus 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The random access apparatus 700 may include: at least one processor; and at least one memory communicatively connected to the processor. The foregoing random access apparatus 700 may be a network side device or a terminal device. The memory stores program instructions that can be executed by the processor. If the random access device 700 is a network-side device, the processor calls the program instructions to execute the network-side device in the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application. If the random access apparatus 700 is a terminal device, the processor can call the above program instructions to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the random access method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
如图7所示,随机接入装置700以通用计算设备的形式表现。随机接入装置700的组件可以包括但不限于:一个或者多个处理器710,存储器720,连接不同系统组件(包括存储器720和处理器710)的通信总线740及通信接口730。As shown in FIG. 7, the random access apparatus 700 is represented in the form of a general-purpose computing device. The components of the random access device 700 may include, but are not limited to: one or more processors 710, a memory 720, a communication bus 740 and a communication interface 730 connecting different system components (including the memory 720 and the processor 710).
通信总线740表示几类总线结构中的一种或多种,包括存储器总线或者存储器控制器,外围总线,图形加速端口,处理器或者使用多种总线结构中的任意总线结构的局域总线。举例来说,这些体系结构包括但不限于工业标准体系结构(Industry Standard Architecture;以下简称:ISA)总线,微通道体系结构(Micro Channel Architecture;以下简称:MAC)总线,增强型ISA总线、视频电子标准协会(Video Electronics Standards Association;以下简称:VESA)局域总线以及外围组件互连(Peripheral Component Interconnection;以下简称:PCI)总线。 Communication bus 740 represents one or more of several types of bus structures, including a memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus, an accelerated graphics port, a processor, or a local bus using any of a variety of bus structures. For example, these architectures include but are not limited to Industry Standard Architecture (Industry Standard Architecture; hereinafter referred to as: ISA) bus, Micro Channel Architecture (Micro Channel Architecture; hereinafter referred to as: MAC) bus, enhanced ISA bus, video electronics Standards Association (Video Electronics Standards Association; hereinafter referred to as: VESA) local bus and Peripheral Component Interconnection (hereinafter referred to as: PCI) bus.
随机接入装置700典型地包括多种计算机系统可读介质。这些介质可以是任何能够被随机接入装置700访问的可用介质,包括易失性和非易失性介质,可移动的和不可移动的介质。 Random access device 700 typically includes various computer system readable media. These media can be any available media that can be accessed by the random access device 700, including volatile and non-volatile media, removable and non-removable media.
存储器720可以包括易失性存储器形式的计算机系统可读介质,例如随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory;以下简称:RAM)和/或高速缓存存储器。随机接入装置700可以进一步包括其它可移动/不可移动的、易失性/非易失性计算机系统存储介质。尽管图7中未示出,可以提供用于对可移动非易失性磁盘(例如“软盘”)读写 的磁盘驱动器,以及对可移动非易失性光盘(例如:光盘只读存储器(Compact Disc Read Only Memory;以下简称:CD-ROM)、数字多功能只读光盘(Digital Video Disc Read Only Memory;以下简称:DVD-ROM)或者其它光介质)读写的光盘驱动器。在这些情况下,每个驱动器可以通过一个或者多个数据介质接口与通信总线740相连。存储器720可以包括至少一个程序产品,该程序产品具有一组(例如至少一个)程序模块,这些程序模块被配置以执行本申请各实施例的功能。The memory 720 may include a computer system-readable medium in the form of a volatile memory, such as a random access memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter referred to as RAM) and/or a cache memory. The random access device 700 may further include other removable/non-removable, volatile/nonvolatile computer system storage media. Although not shown in FIG. 7, a disk drive for reading and writing to a removable nonvolatile disk (such as a "floppy disk") may be provided, as well as a disk drive for removable nonvolatile disks (such as a CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read Only Memory; hereinafter referred to as: CD-ROM), Digital Video Disc Read Only Memory (hereinafter referred to as: DVD-ROM) or other optical media). In these cases, each drive may be connected to communication bus 740 through one or more data media interfaces. The memory 720 may include at least one program product having a set (for example, at least one) of program modules configured to execute the functions of the various embodiments of the present application.
具有一组(至少一个)程序模块的程序/实用工具,可以存储在存储器720中,这样的程序模块包括——但不限于——操作系统、一个或者多个应用程序、其它程序模块以及程序数据,这些示例中的每一个或某种组合中可能包括网络环境的实现。程序模块通常执行本申请所描述的实施例中的功能和/或方法。A program/utility having a set (at least one) of program modules may be stored in memory 720, such program modules including - but not limited to - an operating system, one or more application programs, other program modules, and program data , each or some combination of these examples may include implementations of network environments. The program modules generally perform the functions and/or methods in the embodiments described herein.
随机接入装置700也可以与一个或多个外部设备(例如键盘、指向设备、显示器等)通信,还可与一个或者多个使得用户能与该随机接入装置700交互的设备通信,和/或与使得该随机接入装置700能与一个或多个其它计算设备进行通信的任何设备(例如网卡,调制解调器等等)通信。这种通信可以通过通信接口730进行。并且,随机接入装置700还可以通过网络适配器(图7中未示出)与一个或者多个网络(例如局域网(Local Area Network;以下简称:LAN),广域网(Wide Area Network;以下简称:WAN)和/或公共网络,例如因特网)通信,上述网络适配器可以通过通信总线740与电子设备的其它模块通信。应当明白,尽管图7中未示出,可以结合随机接入装置700使用其它硬件和/或软件模块,包括但不限于:微代码、设备驱动器、冗余处理单元、外部磁盘驱动阵列、磁盘阵列(Redundant Arrays of Independent Drives;以下简称:RAID)系统、磁带驱动器以及数据备份存储系统等。The random access device 700 may also communicate with one or more external devices (such as keyboards, pointing devices, displays, etc.), and may also communicate with one or more devices that enable the user to interact with the random access device 700, and/or Or communicate with any device (such as network card, modem, etc.) that enables the random access device 700 to communicate with one or more other computing devices. Such communication may occur through communication interface 730 . Moreover, the random access device 700 can also communicate with one or more networks (such as a local area network (Local Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: LAN), a wide area network (Wide Area Network; hereinafter referred to as: WAN) through a network adapter (not shown in FIG. ) and/or a public network, such as the Internet, the above-mentioned network adapter can communicate with other modules of the electronic device through the communication bus 740 . It should be appreciated that although not shown in FIG. 7 , other hardware and/or software modules may be used in conjunction with random access device 700, including but not limited to: microcode, device drivers, redundant processing units, external disk drive arrays, disk arrays (Redundant Arrays of Independent Drives; hereinafter referred to as: RAID) system, tape drive and data backup storage system, etc.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated according to needs It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
在本申请实施例各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。Each functional unit in each embodiment of the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may physically exist separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:快闪存储器、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage The medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: flash memory, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk, and other various media capable of storing program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因 此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the protection scope of the application is not limited thereto, and any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the application should be covered within the protection scope of the application . Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备之中,所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,所述第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,所述第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method, applied to a terminal device, the terminal device is a first-type terminal device or a second-type terminal device, the first-type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second-type terminal device Having GNSS capability, it is characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收网络侧设备发送的第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;receiving the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information sent by the network side device;
    向所述网络侧设备发送随机接入请求消息Msg1;Send a random access request message Msg1 to the network side device;
    若所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,则基于所述第一载波配置信息接收所述网络侧设备发送的随机接入响应消息Msg2;If the terminal device is a first type terminal device, receiving a random access response message Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information;
    若所述终端设备为第二类型终端设备,则基于所述第二载波配置信息接收所述网络侧设备发送的Msg2;If the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, receiving Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the second carrier configuration information;
    其中,所述第一载波配置信息用于指示与所述第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;所述第二载波配置信息用于指示与所述第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the Second response window information corresponding to the second type of terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device is a first type of terminal device,
    所述第一载波配置信息用于指示与所述第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息具体包括:The first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal device specifically includes:
    所述第一载波配置信息用于指示与所述第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和第一响应窗信息;The first carrier configuration information is used to indicate first offset information and first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment;
    所述基于所述第一载波配置信息接收所述网络侧设备发送的Msg2包括:The receiving the Msg2 sent by the network side device based on the first carrier configuration information includes:
    基于所述第一载波配置信息确定第一偏移量值及所述第一响应窗的时长值,基于所述第一偏移量值确定第一起始位置,并从所述第一起始位置起,在所述第一响应窗的时长范围内接收所述网路侧设备发送的Msg2;其中,所述第一起始位置用于表征所述第一响应窗的起始位置。Determine a first offset value and a duration value of the first response window based on the first carrier configuration information, determine a first starting position based on the first offset value, and start from the first starting position , receiving the Msg2 sent by the network side device within the duration range of the first response window; wherein the first starting position is used to characterize the starting position of the first response window.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2, characterized in that,
    所述第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与所述第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与所述第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,所述第一载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引;所述第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,所述第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier component set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier component set, the The first carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that,
    所述第一响应窗信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,The first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
    所述第一响应窗信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of a first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;其中,所述唯一的第一偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier component set; wherein, the unique first offset difference value corresponds to the first carrier component set The difference between the unique first offset value and the preset first reference value.
  6. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;或,The first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members; or,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;其中,所述第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。The first offset information includes a first offset difference corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier component set; wherein, the first offset corresponding to a carrier component in the first carrier component set The offset difference value is a difference between the first offset value corresponding to the carrier component in the first carrier component set and the preset second reference value.
  7. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,所述第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于所述唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; Wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier component in the first carrier component set The difference in displacement values.
  8. 根据权利要求3-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述网络侧设备发送Msg1包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-7, wherein the sending Msg1 to the network side device comprises:
    若所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,则选取第一载波向所述网络侧设备发送Msg1;If the terminal device is a first-type terminal device, select a first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device;
    若所述终端设备为第二类型终端设备,则选取第二载波向所述网络侧设备发送Msg1。If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, select a second carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, characterized in that,
    所述第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,所述第一载波在所述第一载波集合中选取,所述第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,所述第二载波在所述第二载波集合中选取;其中,所述第一载波集合与所述第二载波集合正交,所述第一载波与所述第二载波不相同。All carrier members in the first carrier member set form a first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, and all carrier members in the second carrier member set form a second carrier set , the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set; wherein, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, characterized in that,
    所述第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,所述第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,所述第二载波在所述第三载波集合和/或所述第四载波集合中选取;所述第一载波在所述第四载波集合中选取;其中,所述第三载波集合与所述第四载波集合正交。All carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, all carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, and the second carrier is in the third carrier set and/or or selected from the fourth carrier set; the first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set is orthogonal to the fourth carrier set.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收所述网络侧设备发送的载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,所述载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示所述终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率,所述载波接入权重配置信息用于指示所述终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。Receive carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information sent by the network side device; wherein the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses a carrier set to initiate random access , the carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses a carrier to initiate random access.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11, characterized in that,
    所述第二载波由所述终端设备基于载波集合的接入权重进行选取;其中,所述第三载波集合具有第一接入权重,所述第四载波集合具有第二接入权重;或,The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on an access weight of a carrier set; wherein, the third carrier set has a first access weight, and the fourth carrier set has a second access weight; or,
    所述第二载波由所述终端设备基于载波的接入权重进行选取;其中,所述第四载波集合中的每个载波成员具有与所述第一类型终端设备对应的第三接入权重及与所述第二类型终端设备对应的第四接入权重。The second carrier is selected by the terminal device based on the carrier's access weight; wherein, each carrier member in the fourth carrier set has a third access weight corresponding to the first type of terminal device and A fourth access weight corresponding to the second type of terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述网络侧设备发送的物理随机接入信道配置信息,其中,所述物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置所述第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及所述第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机。receiving physical random access channel configuration information sent by the network side device, where the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access preamble of the first type terminal device A random access opportunity, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal equipment.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13, characterized in that,
    若所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,所述终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为所述第一随机接入前导码和/或所述第一随机接入时机;或,If the terminal device is a first-type terminal device, the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the first random access preamble and/or the first random access timing; or,
    若所述终端设备为第二类型终端设备,所述终端设备使用的随机接入前导码和/或随机接入时机为所述第二随机接入前导码和/或所述第二随机接入时机;If the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, the random access preamble and/or random access opportunity used by the terminal device is the second random access preamble and/or the second random access opportunity;
    其中,所述第一随机接入前导码和所述第二随机接入前导码不同,所述第一随机接入时机与所述第二随机接入时机不同。Wherein, the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, and the first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
  15. 一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method applied to a terminal device, characterized in that the method includes:
    若所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,所述终端设备选取第一载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;其中,所述第一载波具有与所述第一载波对应的第一响应窗的时长值及第一偏移量值,所述第一响应窗用于表征所述第一类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗,所述第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力;If the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, the terminal device selects the first carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein the first carrier has a duration value of the first response window corresponding to the first carrier and a first offset value, the first response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the first type of terminal device, and the first type of terminal device does not have GNSS capability;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一偏移量值确定第一起始位置,并从所述第一起始位置起,在所述第一响应窗的时长范围内接收所述网路侧设备发送的随机接入响应消息Msg2;其中,所述第一起始位置用于表征所述第一响应窗的起始位置。The terminal device determines a first starting position based on the first offset value, and receives, from the first starting position, within the duration range of the first response window, the random Access response message Msg2; wherein, the first starting position is used to represent the starting position of the first response window.
  16. 一种随机接入方法,应用于终端设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method applied to a terminal device, characterized in that the method includes:
    若所述终端设备为第二类型终端设备,所述终端设备选取第二载波向网络侧设备发送Msg1;其中,所述第二载波具有与所述第二载波对应的第二响应窗的时长值,所述第二响应窗用于表征所述第二类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗,所述第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;If the terminal device is a second type of terminal device, the terminal device selects a second carrier to send Msg1 to the network side device; wherein, the second carrier has a duration value of a second response window corresponding to the second carrier , the second response window is used to characterize the random access response window of the second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device has GNSS capability;
    所述终端设备获取第二起始位置,并从所述第二起始位置起,在所述第二响应窗的时长范围内接收所述网路侧设备发送的Msg2;所述第二起始位置用于表征所述第二响应窗的起始位置。The terminal device acquires a second starting position, and from the second starting position, receives the Msg2 sent by the network-side device within the duration of the second response window; the second starting position is used to characterize the starting position of the second response window.
  17. 一种随机接入方法,应用于网络侧设备之中,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A random access method applied to network side equipment, characterized in that the method includes:
    向终端设备发送第一载波配置信息及第二载波配置信息;sending the first carrier configuration information and the second carrier configuration information to the terminal device;
    接收所述终端设备发送的Msg1;Receive Msg1 sent by the terminal device;
    基于所述Msg1确定所述终端设备的类型,所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备或第二类型终端设备,所述第一类型终端设备不具有GNSS能力,所述第二类型终端设备具有GNSS能力;Determine the type of the terminal device based on the Msg1, the terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, the first type terminal device does not have GNSS capability, and the second type terminal device has GNSS ability;
    若所述终端设备的类型为第一类型终端设备,基于所述终端设备的类型确定第一响应窗的时长值;其中,所述第一响应窗用于表征所述第一类型终端设备的随机接入响应窗;If the type of the terminal device is the first type of terminal device, determine the duration value of the first response window based on the type of the terminal device; wherein, the first response window is used to characterize the randomness of the first type of terminal device access response window;
    基于所述第一响应窗的时长值向所述终端设备发送Msg2;sending Msg2 to the terminal device based on the duration value of the first response window;
    其中,所述第一载波配置信息用于指示与所述第一类型终端设备对应的第一偏移量信息和/或第一响应窗信息;所述第二载波配置信息用于指示与所述第二类型终端设备对应的第二响应窗信息。Wherein, the first carrier configuration information is used to indicate the first offset information and/or first response window information corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment; the second carrier configuration information is used to indicate the Second response window information corresponding to the second type of terminal device.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17, further comprising:
    所述第一载波配置信息包括第一载波成员集合信息、与所述第一载波成员集合对应的第一偏移量信息和与所述第一载波成员集合对应的第一响应窗信息,所述第一载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引;所述第二载波配置信息包括第二载波成员集合信息,所述第二载波成员集合信息包括一个或多个载波成员的索引。The first carrier configuration information includes first carrier component set information, first offset information corresponding to the first carrier component set, and first response window information corresponding to the first carrier component set, the The first carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes; the second carrier configuration information includes second carrier member set information, and the second carrier member set information includes one or more carrier member indexes.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 18, wherein,
    若所述终端设备为第一类型终端设备,所述接收终端设备发送的Msg1,包括:在第一载波上接收所述终端设备发送的Msg1;If the terminal device is a first type terminal device, receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on the first carrier;
    若所述终端设备为第二类型终端设备,所述接收终端设备发送的Msg1,包括:在第二载波上接收所述终端设备发送的Msg1。If the terminal device is a second-type terminal device, receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device includes: receiving the Msg1 sent by the terminal device on a second carrier.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第一载波集合,所述第一载波在所述第一载波集合中选取,所述第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第二载波集合,所述第二载波在所述第二载波集合中选取,所述第一载波集合与所述第二载波集合正交,所述第一载波与所述第二载波不相同,所述基于所述Msg1确定所述终端设备的类型包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein all carrier components in the first carrier component set form a first carrier set, the first carrier is selected from the first carrier set, and the second All carrier components in the carrier component set form a second carrier set, the second carrier is selected from the second carrier set, the first carrier set is orthogonal to the second carrier set, and the first carrier Different from the second carrier, the determining the type of the terminal device based on the Msg1 includes:
    基于所述Msg1所使用的载波成员所在的载波集合确定所述终端设备的类型。Determine the type of the terminal device based on the carrier set where the carrier member used by the Msg1 is located.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第四载波集合,所述第二载波成员集合中的所有载波成员构成第三载波集合,所述第一载波在所述第四载波集合中选取,所述第二载波在所述第三载波集合和/或所述第四载波集合中选取,所述第三载波集合与所述第四载波集合正交。The method according to claim 19, wherein all the carrier components in the first carrier component set form a fourth carrier set, and all the carrier components in the second carrier component set form a third carrier set, so The first carrier is selected from the fourth carrier set, the second carrier is selected from the third carrier set and/or the fourth carrier set, the third carrier set and the fourth carrier The set is orthogonal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送物理随机接入信道配置信息;其中,所述物理随机接入信道配置信息用于配置所述第一类型终端设备的第一随机接入前导码和/或第一随机接入时机,及所述第二类型终端设备的第二随机接入前导码和/或第二随机接入时机,所述第一随机接入前导码和所述第二随机接入前导码不同,所述第一随机接入时机和所述第二随机接入时机不同。Sending physical random access channel configuration information to the terminal device; wherein the physical random access channel configuration information is used to configure the first random access preamble and/or the first random access channel of the first type of terminal device an entry opportunity, and a second random access preamble and/or a second random access opportunity of the second type of terminal device, the first random access preamble is different from the second random access preamble, The first random access opportunity is different from the second random access opportunity.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述Msg1确定所述终端设备的类型包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the determining the type of the terminal device based on the Msg1 comprises:
    基于所述终端设备发送所述Msg1使用的随机接入时机和/或所述Msg1包括的随机接入前导码确定所述终端设备的类型。Determine the type of the terminal device based on the random access opportunity used by the terminal device to send the Msg1 and/or the random access preamble included in the Msg1.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21-23, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送载波组接入权重配置信息或载波接入权重配置信息;其中,所述载波组接入权重配置信息用于指示所述终端设备使用载波集合发起随机接入的几率,所述载波接入权重配置信息用于指示所述终端设备使用载波发起随机接入的几率。Sending carrier group access weight configuration information or carrier access weight configuration information to the terminal device; wherein the carrier group access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses a carrier set to initiate random access, and the The carrier access weight configuration information is used to indicate the probability that the terminal device uses a carrier to initiate random access.
  25. 根据权利要求18-24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 18-24, wherein,
    所述第一响应窗信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一响应窗的时长值;或,The first response window information includes the duration value of the unique first response window corresponding to the first carrier member set; or,
    所述第一响应窗信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一响应窗的时长值。The first response window information includes a duration value of a first response window corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set.
  26. 根据权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18-25, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送预设的第一参考值;sending a preset first reference value to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量差分值;所述唯一的第一偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第一参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes the unique first offset difference value corresponding to the first carrier component set; the unique first offset difference value corresponds to the first carrier component set The difference between the unique first offset value and the preset first reference value.
  27. 根据权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 18-25, wherein,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值;所述唯一的第一偏移量值根据小区覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与所述网络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。The first offset information includes the unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier member set; the unique first offset value is based on the location closest to the satellite in the cell coverage area and the The round-trip propagation delay between network-side devices is determined.
  28. 根据权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18-25, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送预设的第二参考值;sending a preset second reference value to the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一偏移量信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值;所述第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第一偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合中该载波成员对应的第一偏移量值相对于预设的第二参考值的差值。Wherein, the first offset information includes a first offset difference value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set; the first offset difference corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier member set The offset difference value is a difference between the first offset value corresponding to the carrier component in the first carrier component set and the preset second reference value.
  29. 根据权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 18-25, wherein,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值;The first offset information includes a first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first set of carrier members;
    其中,与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第一偏移量值根据所述第一载波成员集合中的载波成员关联的波束的覆盖区域中距离卫星最近的位置与所述网络侧设备之间的往返传播时延确定。Wherein, the first offset value corresponding to each carrier member in the first carrier member set is based on the closest position to the satellite in the coverage area of the beam associated with the carrier member in the first carrier member set and the The round-trip propagation delay between network-side devices is determined.
  30. 根据权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 18-25, wherein,
    所述第一偏移量信息包括所述第一载波成员集合对应的唯一的第一偏移量值及与所述第一载波成员集合中每个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值;其中,所述第一载波成员集合中一个载波成员对应的第二偏移量差分值为所述第一载波成员集合中该载波成员的第一偏移量值相对于所述唯一的第一偏移量值的差值。The first offset information includes a unique first offset value corresponding to the first carrier component set and a second offset difference value corresponding to each carrier component in the first carrier component set; Wherein, the second offset difference value corresponding to a carrier member in the first carrier component set is relative to the unique first offset value of the first offset value of the carrier component in the first carrier component set The difference in displacement values.
  31. 一种芯片,其特征在于,用于执行如权利要求1-30中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by being used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-30.
  32. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令,当所述终端设备从所述存储器中读取所述指令,以使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, characterized in that it includes: a memory, the memory is used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include instructions, when the terminal device reads the instructions from the memory, so that the The terminal device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-16.
  33. 一种网络侧设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括指令,当所述网络侧设备从所述存储器中读取所述指令,以使得所述网络侧设备执行如权利要求17-30中任一项所述的方法。A network-side device, characterized in that it includes: a memory, the memory is used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include instructions, and when the network-side device reads the instructions from the memory, the making the network side device execute the method according to any one of claims 17-30.
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,或,执行如权利要求17-30中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-16, or to execute A method as claimed in any one of claims 17-30.
PCT/CN2022/136196 2021-12-02 2022-12-02 Random access method and related device WO2023098874A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111457155.4 2021-12-02
CN202111457155.4A CN116234051A (en) 2021-12-02 2021-12-02 Random access method and related equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023098874A1 true WO2023098874A1 (en) 2023-06-08

Family

ID=86573589

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/136196 WO2023098874A1 (en) 2021-12-02 2022-12-02 Random access method and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116234051A (en)
WO (1) WO2023098874A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200137806A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple msg1 for pdcch ordered rach
CN111601392A (en) * 2019-02-21 2020-08-28 华为技术有限公司 Random access method and device
CN112752276A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 成都华为技术有限公司 Method and device for accessing network equipment
CN113170492A (en) * 2019-03-26 2021-07-23 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200137806A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple msg1 for pdcch ordered rach
CN111601392A (en) * 2019-02-21 2020-08-28 华为技术有限公司 Random access method and device
CN112738905A (en) * 2019-02-21 2021-04-30 华为技术有限公司 Random access method and device
CN113170492A (en) * 2019-03-26 2021-07-23 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN112752276A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 成都华为技术有限公司 Method and device for accessing network equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116234051A (en) 2023-06-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020192781A1 (en) Capability reporting method and user equipment
CN111669805B (en) Network connection processing method, related equipment and computer storage medium
WO2021147427A1 (en) Method for determining fall back power and method for adjusting transmission power
EP4213512A1 (en) Screen projection method and system, and electronic device
EP4236434A1 (en) Channel switching method, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2021134386A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and system
WO2021197071A1 (en) Wireless communication system and method
WO2022227906A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining minimum slot offset value
WO2022028339A1 (en) Antenna selection method and device
EP4114094A1 (en) Transmission power control method, terminal, chip system and system
WO2023098874A1 (en) Random access method and related device
WO2022127665A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022033550A1 (en) Data sending method and terminal device
CN113572586B (en) Method, user equipment and system for sending sounding reference signal
CN114710812A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN114071777A (en) Random access enhancement method, network equipment and terminal
CN114765831A (en) Method and related equipment for pre-applying uplink resources
WO2022028341A1 (en) Random access enhancement method, network device and terminal
WO2022152323A1 (en) Data transmission method, chip, terminal and storage medium
RU2805992C2 (en) Method of processing network connection, corresponding device and computer media
EP4164279A1 (en) Uplink data split method, terminal device, and chip system
WO2022156497A1 (en) Uplink control channel sending method and apparatus, and terminal device
RU2782338C1 (en) Method for processing the network connection, the appropriate device and computer media
WO2022228234A1 (en) Method for transmitting packet in wireless local area network and electronic device
WO2023134672A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining occurrence of radio link failure in sidelink, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22900678

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1